WO2021180226A1 - 数据传输方法及相关装置 - Google Patents

数据传输方法及相关装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021180226A1
WO2021180226A1 PCT/CN2021/080567 CN2021080567W WO2021180226A1 WO 2021180226 A1 WO2021180226 A1 WO 2021180226A1 CN 2021080567 W CN2021080567 W CN 2021080567W WO 2021180226 A1 WO2021180226 A1 WO 2021180226A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
field
sig
eht
indicating
information bit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/080567
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
于健
狐梦实
淦明
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to KR1020227034894A priority Critical patent/KR102705374B1/ko
Priority to JP2022554605A priority patent/JP2023517603A/ja
Priority to EP21767039.7A priority patent/EP4109802B1/en
Priority to AU2021233067A priority patent/AU2021233067B2/en
Priority to BR112022017961A priority patent/BR112022017961A2/pt
Priority to KR1020247029881A priority patent/KR20240140172A/ko
Publication of WO2021180226A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021180226A1/zh
Priority to US17/941,778 priority patent/US11757585B2/en
Priority to US18/362,472 priority patent/US20240031088A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602—Signal structure
    • H04L27/261—Details of reference signals
    • H04L27/2613—Structure of the reference signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0023—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
    • H04L1/0028—Formatting
    • H04L1/0031—Multiple signaling transmission
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path allocation of payload
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0023—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602—Signal structure
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602—Signal structure
    • H04L27/2605—Symbol extensions, e.g. Zero Tail, Unique Word [UW]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0037—Inter-user or inter-terminal allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path allocation of payload
    • H04L5/0046—Determination of how many bits are transmitted on different sub-channels
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00—Network topologies
    • H04W84/02—Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/10—Small scale networks; Flat hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/12—WLAN [Wireless Local Area Networks]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0002—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate
    • H04L1/0003—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate by switching between different modulation schemes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0009—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the channel coding
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/02—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by diversity reception
    • H04L1/06—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by diversity reception using space diversity
    • H04L1/0618—Space-time coding
    • H04L1/0637—Properties of the code
    • H04L1/0643—Properties of the code block codes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/08—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by repeating transmission, e.g. Verdan system
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W80/00—Wireless network protocols or protocol adaptations to wireless operation
    • H04W80/02—Data link layer protocols

Definitions

  • This application relates to the technical field of wireless local area networks, and in particular to a data transmission method and related devices.
  • the physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) sent by the network device to a station (station, STA) includes a traditional preamble. Efficient-signaling field-A (High Efficient SIG A, HE-SIG-A) and data.
  • the network device sends a physical protocol data unit (Physical Protocol Data Unit, PPDU) to a station (station, STA), and the PPDU includes a traditional preamble, HE-SIG-A, HE-SIG-B and data.
  • HE-SIG-A and HE-SIG-B are used to indicate the signaling information needed to demodulate subsequent data fields. It can be seen that only in the scenario of MU transmission, the PPDU sent by the network device contains HE-SIG-B. This leads to STA receiving PPDUs in the SU transmission scenario and receiving PPDUs in the MU transmission scenario, requiring two sets of reception strategies that are quite different. Moreover, the number of bits of HE-SIG-A is limited, which results in limited information carried in HE-SIG-A in the SU scenario.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and related devices, which can make the signaling field in the PPDU carry more information.
  • an implementation manner of this application provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the network device generates the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU.
  • the first PPDU includes the first universal-signaling field U-SIG and the first extremely high throughput-signaling field EHT-SIG, the first U-SIG and the first EHT -The sum of the number of information bits of the SIG is less than or equal to 78 information bits;
  • the network device sends the encoded first PPDU to the station.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG meet at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify a site; for example, the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify the basic service set (Basic Service) where the network device is located. Set, a site of BSS); or
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating the PPDU format, and the occupied information bit of the field indicating the PPDU format is greater than 1 information bit; or
  • the first demodulation indication field includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can not only ensure that the sum of the number of information bits of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG is less than 78 information bits, which saves indication overhead, but also, without increasing indication overhead,
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG can also meet the demand for carrying more information.
  • the naming of the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG in the embodiment of this application is determined according to 802.11be.
  • the names of the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG in the embodiments of this application can also be replaced with the names of SIG fields related to other standard versions.
  • the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG in the embodiment of this application are not limited to referring to the SIG field related to 802.11be, and the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG in the embodiment of this application can be used to refer to any SIG field related to a standard version.
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is an association used to uniquely identify a site of the basic service set where the network device is located Identification (Association Identifier, AID).
  • the identification indication field included in the first PPDU after encoding can uniquely indicate one STA.
  • the STA can learn from the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG whether the encoded first PPDU is sent to itself, without continuing to receive subsequent preamble data fields, thereby reducing the power consumption of the station.
  • the station can determine that the first PPDU is sent to itself after the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG, the station It is also possible to perform hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ) combined reception based on the subsequent retransmission.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • the third-party device can obtain the sender and receiver of the first PPDU without causing interference to the device being transmitted, which helps the third-party device to perform scheduling.
  • the information bit occupied by the field indicating the PPDU format included in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG is greater than 1 information bit.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format in the embodiment of the present application is larger than 1 information bit, then the field indicating the format of the PPDU can carry more information, thereby being able to support more Function.
  • the field indicating the format of the PPDU can be used to indicate the format of the PPDU and indicating that the transmission mode is SU or MU transmission. In this way, the station can determine whether it is SU transmission or MU transmission when receiving the U-SIG of the first N-1 information bits, so that the corresponding receiving strategy can be adopted.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format may also include information indicating that the transmission scenario is SU, MU and non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access (MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple, MU non-OFDMA), or MU OFDMA information, and also It may include information indicating trigger-based (TB), and may also include information indicating whether to puncture.
  • MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple MU non-OFDMA
  • MU OFDMA MU OFDMA
  • TB trigger-based
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing, so that the function of spatial multiplexing can be supported.
  • the length of the field indicating spatial multiplexing is 2 information bits.
  • the field indicating spatial multiplexing can be used to indicate any one of the following four items, the item that prohibits parameterized spatial multiplexing (Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW, PSR_DISALLOW), the item that prohibits spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_RESTRICTED), delay The entry for spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_DELAY), the entry for prohibiting PSR and non-SR group (Overlapping Basic Service Set, OBSS)-Packet Detection (Packet Detection). It is used for the corresponding functions of the site to realize spatial reuse.
  • the length of the second U-SIG of the second PPDU before encoding is equal to the number of information bits of the first U-SIG, and the number of information bits of the first U-SIG is equal to that of the second U-SIG.
  • the number of information bits is less than or equal to 52 information bits.
  • the number of information bits of the first U-SIG in the first PPDU sent by the network device to the station in the SU scenario and the information bits of the second U-SIG in the second PPDU sent by the network device in the MU scenario are equal, so that the difference between the receiving strategy of the station receiving the first U-SIG in the SU scenario and the receiving strategy of the second U-SIG in the MU scenario can be reduced, and it is more convenient for the station to receive U-SIG in different scenarios. -SIG.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG include an identification indication field, the identification indication field includes a first indication subfield and a second indication subfield, and the first U-SIG includes a first indication subfield , The first EHT-SIG includes a second indicator subfield.
  • the vacant information bits in the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG are fully utilized to avoid the need to indicate a unique site identifier, which will increase the number of information bits in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG.
  • the start information bit of the first indication subfield is the Nth information bit of the first U-SIG
  • the field type of the first N-1 information bit field of the first U-SIG field is the same as
  • the field types of the first N-1 information bits of the second U-SIG are correspondingly the same, and N is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than 35.
  • the field types of the first N-1 information bits of the first U-SIG and the first N-1 information bits of the second U-SIG include one or more of the following: indicating a physical layer The version field indicates the uplink/downlink field, the field indicating the color of the basic service set, the field indicating the transmission opportunity, the field indicating the bandwidth, the field indicating the PPDU format, the field indicating the space-time coding, the field indicating the spatial multiplexing, Field indicating guard interval and extremely high throughput-long training sequence size, field indicating symbol part other than low-density parity-check code, field indicating padding coefficient before forward error control, field indicating data packet expansion ambiguity, indicating The field where the preamble is punctured.
  • the second EHT-SIG of the second PPDU before encoding includes a field indicating the station identity, and the field type of the field after the second indicating subfield of the first EHT-SIG is the same as that of the second EHT-SIG.
  • the field types of the fields after the field indicating the site ID are the same. In this way, when the station receives the first U-SIG in the SU scenario and the second U-SIG in the MU scenario, the receiving strategy for the information bits after the field indicating the station identifier is the same, which helps to reduce the size of the station. In different scenarios, the difference before receiving the U-SIG receiving strategy is convenient for the station to receive and demodulate the PPDU.
  • the field types of the field after the second indication subfield of the first EHT-SIG and the field after the field indicating the site identification of the second EHT-SIG include one or more of the following: indicating empty The fields of time stream number, intermediate preamble period, and Doppler, fields indicating beamforming, fields indicating beam changes, fields indicating coding and modulation strategies and whether dual-carrier modulation are used, fields indicating coding.
  • the start information bit of the first indication subfield is the Nth information bit of the first U-SIG, the second U-SIG field after the Nth information bit, and the second EHT-SIG
  • the field type of the field before the field used to indicate the site identification includes one or more of the following: a field indicating the number of symbols of EHT-SIG or the number of users of multi-user multiple input and multiple output, indicating the modulation and coding strategy of EHT-SIG And whether to use dual-carrier modulation fields, indicating the extremely high throughput-long training sequence EHT-LTF symbol number, intermediate preamble period and Doppler fields, indicating the resource unit allocation field, indicating the preamble puncturing indication
  • the field indicates the middle 26-subcarrier resource unit (Center 26-tone Resource Allocation, Center 26-tone RU) field.
  • the fields indicating the number of symbols of the EHT-LTF, the intermediate preamble period, and the Doppler are the first character string, and the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates that there is no Doppler.
  • the first character string indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, and each character string in the first character string group corresponds to the number of symbols of one EHT-LTF; or indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, intermediate preamble period and Doppler
  • the field of is the second character string, where the second character string group to which the second character string belongs indicates the presence of Doppler, and the intermediate preamble period is the first period, the second character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, Each character string in the two character string group corresponds to the number of EHT-LTF symbols; or the field indicating the number of EHT-LTF symbols, the intermediate preamble period and the Doppler is the third character string, where the third character string The third character string group to which it belongs indicates the existence of
  • saving information bits in the above manner can enable the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG to carry more information.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, including: a network device generates a PPDU; and the network device sends a PPDU to a station; wherein the PPDU includes EHT-SIG, and EHT-SIG includes the number of symbols indicating EHT-LTF,
  • the fields of the middle preamble period and Doppler; the fields indicating the number of symbols of the EHT-LTF, the middle preamble period and the Doppler are the first character string, where the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates not There is Doppler, the first character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and each character string in the first character string group corresponds to the number of EHT-LTF symbols; or it indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols and the intermediate preamble period.
  • the field of Doppler and Doppler is the second character string, where the second character string group to which the second character string belongs indicates the presence of Doppler, and the intermediate preamble period is the first period, and the second character string indicates the EHT-LTF
  • the Doppler and the intermediate preamble period are indicated by the character string group to which the character string belongs, and the value of the character string itself indicates the number of symbols of the EHT-LTF, so that the information used to indicate the Doppler and the intermediate preamble period can be saved Bits.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, including: a network device generates a PPDU; the network device sends a PPDU to a station, and the bandwidth used to send the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth,
  • the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU
  • the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG
  • the i th information bit to the j th information bit of the first content channel carry User field
  • the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel is the same as the first i-1 information bit field of the second content channel; or the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel
  • the bits carry fields and user fields indicating resource unit allocation.
  • the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel is the same as the first i-1 information bit field of the second content channel; where i and j are both It is a positive integer, i ⁇ j.
  • the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel and the first i-1 information bit field of the second content channel can be understood as U-SIG overflow fields, so that the first content channel and the second content channel Duplicating the transmitted U-SIG overflow field can increase the probability of correct reception by the station.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, including: a network device generates a PPDU; the network device sends a PPDU to a station, and the bandwidth used to send the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, The first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG; the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry The user field, the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in the second content channel carries a padding field, where i and j are both positive integers, and i ⁇ j.
  • the length of the first content channel and the second content channel are the same, which is convenient for the station to receive the first content channel and the second content channel.
  • the site may not read this part of the filled field, thereby simplifying the reading process of the site.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, including: a network device generates a PPDU; the network device sends a PPDU to a station, and the bandwidth used to send the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, The first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG; the first content channel includes the first user subfield, and the second content channel includes the second The user subfield, the user field of the first user includes a first user subfield and a second user subfield.
  • part of the user field of the same user is transmitted in the first content channel, and the other part is transmitted in the second content channel.
  • the number of information bits used to transmit the user field can be increased, so that more information can be transmitted.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, including: a network device generates a PPDU; the network device sends a PPDU to a station, and the bandwidth used to send the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, The first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG; the user field of the first content channel is the same as the user field of the second content channel. In this way, the user field is replicated and transmitted on the first content channel and the second content channel, which can increase the probability of correct reception by the site and increase reliability.
  • an implementation manner of the present application provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the station receives the first PPDU sent by the network device
  • the station decodes the first PPDU to obtain a decoded first PPDU.
  • the decoded first PPDU includes a first U-SIG and a first EHT-SIG, and the first U-SIG and the first PPDU The sum of the number of information bits of an EHT-SIG is less than or equal to 78 information bits;
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG meet at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify a site; for example, the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify the basic service set (Basic Service) where the network device is located. Set, a site of BSS); or
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating the PPDU format, and the occupied information bit of the field indicating the PPDU format is greater than 1 information bit; or
  • the first demodulation indication field includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can not only ensure that the sum of the number of information bits of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG is less than 78 information bits, which saves indication overhead, but also, without increasing indication overhead,
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG can also meet the demand for carrying more information, and the site can obtain more information from the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG.
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is an association used to uniquely identify a site of the basic service set where the network device is located Identification (Association Identifier, AID).
  • the identification indication field included in the first PPDU after encoding can uniquely indicate one STA.
  • the STA can learn from the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG whether the encoded first PPDU is sent to itself, without continuing to receive subsequent preamble data fields, thereby reducing the power consumption of the station.
  • the station can determine that the first PPDU is sent to itself after the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG, the station It is also possible to perform hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ) combined reception based on the subsequent retransmission.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • the third-party device can obtain the sender and receiver of the first PPDU without causing interference to the device being transmitted, which helps the third-party device to perform scheduling.
  • the information bit occupied by the field indicating the PPDU format included in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG is greater than 1 information bit.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format in the embodiment of the present application is larger than 1 information bit, then the field indicating the format of the PPDU can carry more information, thereby being able to support more Function.
  • the field indicating the format of the PPDU can be used to indicate the format of the PPDU and indicating that the transmission mode is SU or MU transmission. In this way, the station can determine whether it is SU transmission or MU transmission when receiving the U-SIG of the first N-1 information bits, so that the corresponding receiving strategy can be adopted.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format may also include information indicating that the transmission scenario is SU, MU and non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access (MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple, MU non-OFDMA), or MU OFDMA information, and also It may include information indicating trigger-based (TB), and may also include information indicating whether to puncture.
  • MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple MU non-OFDMA
  • MU OFDMA MU OFDMA
  • TB trigger-based
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing, so that the function of spatial multiplexing can be supported.
  • the length of the field indicating spatial multiplexing is 2 information bits.
  • the field indicating spatial multiplexing can be used to indicate any one of the following four items, the item that prohibits parameterized spatial multiplexing (Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW, PSR_DISALLOW), the item that prohibits spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_RESTRICTED), delay The entry for spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_DELAY), the entry for prohibiting PSR and non-SR group (Overlapping Basic Service Set, OBSS)-Packet Detection (Packet Detection). It is used for the corresponding functions of the site to realize spatial reuse.
  • the length of the second U-SIG of the decoded second PPDU is equal to the number of information bits of the first U-SIG, and the number of information bits of the first U-SIG is equal to that of the second U-SIG.
  • the number of information bits is less than or equal to 52 information bits.
  • the number of information bits of the first U-SIG in the first PPDU sent by the network device to the station in the SU scenario and the information bits of the second U-SIG in the second PPDU sent by the network device in the MU scenario are equal, so that the difference between the receiving strategy of the station receiving the first U-SIG in the SU scenario and the receiving strategy of the second U-SIG in the MU scenario can be reduced, and it is more convenient for the station to receive U-SIG in different scenarios. -SIG.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG include an identification indication field, the identification indication field includes a first indication subfield and a second indication subfield, and the first U-SIG includes a first indication subfield , The first EHT-SIG includes a second indicator subfield.
  • the vacant information bits in the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG are fully utilized to avoid the need to indicate a unique site identifier, which will increase the number of information bits in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG.
  • the start information bit of the first indication subfield is the Nth information bit of the first U-SIG
  • the field type of the first N-1 information bit field of the first U-SIG field is the same as
  • the field types of the first N-1 information bits of the second U-SIG are correspondingly the same, and N is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than 35.
  • the field types of the first N-1 information bits of the first U-SIG and the first N-1 information bits of the second U-SIG include one or more of the following: indicating a physical layer The version field indicates the uplink/downlink field, the field indicating the color of the basic service set, the field indicating the transmission opportunity, the field indicating the bandwidth, the field indicating the PPDU format, the field indicating the space-time coding, the field indicating the spatial multiplexing, Field indicating guard interval and extremely high throughput-long training sequence size, field indicating symbol part other than low-density parity-check code, field indicating padding coefficient before forward error control, field indicating data packet expansion ambiguity, indicating The field where the preamble is punctured.
  • the second EHT-SIG of the second PPDU before encoding includes a field indicating the station identity, and the field type of the field after the second indicating subfield of the first EHT-SIG is the same as that of the second EHT-SIG.
  • the field types of the fields after the field indicating the site ID are the same. In this way, when the station receives the first U-SIG in the SU scenario and the second U-SIG in the MU scenario, the receiving strategy for the information bits after the field indicating the station identifier is the same, which helps to reduce the size of the station. In different scenarios, the difference before receiving the U-SIG receiving strategy is convenient for the station to receive and demodulate the PPDU.
  • the field types of the field after the second indication subfield of the first EHT-SIG and the field after the field indicating the site identification of the second EHT-SIG include one or more of the following: indicating empty The fields of time stream number, intermediate preamble period, and Doppler, fields indicating beamforming, fields indicating beam changes, fields indicating coding and modulation strategies and whether dual-carrier modulation are used, fields indicating coding.
  • the start information bit of the first indication subfield is the Nth information bit of the first U-SIG, the second U-SIG field after the Nth information bit, and the second EHT-SIG
  • the field type of the field before the field used to indicate the site identification includes one or more of the following: a field indicating the number of symbols of EHT-SIG or the number of users of multi-user multiple input and multiple output, indicating the modulation and coding strategy of EHT-SIG And whether to use dual-carrier modulation fields, indicating the extremely high throughput-long training sequence EHT-LTF symbol number, intermediate preamble period and Doppler fields, indicating the resource unit allocation field, indicating the preamble puncturing indication
  • the field indicates the middle 26-subcarrier resource unit (Center 26-tone Resource Allocation, Center 26-tone RU) field.
  • the fields indicating the number of symbols of the EHT-LTF, the intermediate preamble period, and the Doppler are the first character string, and the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates that there is no Doppler.
  • the first character string indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, and each character string in the first character string group corresponds to the number of symbols of one EHT-LTF; or indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, intermediate preamble period and Doppler
  • the field of is the second character string, where the second character string group to which the second character string belongs indicates the presence of Doppler, and the intermediate preamble period is the first period, the second character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, Each character string in the two character string group corresponds to the number of EHT-LTF symbols; or the field indicating the number of EHT-LTF symbols, the intermediate preamble period and the Doppler is the third character string, where the third character string The third character string group to which it belongs indicates the existence of
  • saving information bits in the above manner can enable the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG to carry more information, so that the site can obtain more information.
  • the implementation of this application also provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the station receives the PPDU sent by the network equipment
  • PPDU includes EHT-SIG
  • EHT-SIG includes fields indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, intermediate preamble period and Doppler
  • the fields indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, intermediate preamble period and Doppler are The first character string, where the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates that there is no Doppler, the first character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and each character string in the first character string group corresponds to one The number of symbols of EHT-LTF; or the fields indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, the intermediate preamble period, and the Doppler are the second character strings, where the second character string group to which the second character string belongs indicates the presence of Doppler , And the middle preamble period is the first period, the second character string indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, and each character string in the second character string group corresponds to the number of symbols of EHT-LTF; or indicates the symbol of EHT-LTF
  • the station determines the Doppler and intermediate preamble period by the string group to which the string belongs, and indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols according to the value of the string itself, which is used to indicate the number of symbols, Doppler and Doppler of EHT-LTF.
  • the number of information bits in the field of the middle preamble period is reduced, so that the PPDU can carry more information, so that the station can obtain more information from the PPDU.
  • an implementation manner of the present application also provides a data transmission method, including: a station receives a PPDU in the form of a network device.
  • the bandwidth used to receive PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth.
  • the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second sub-bandwidth of the EHT-SIG.
  • the content channel, the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry user fields, the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel and the first i-1 information bit of the second content channel
  • the bit fields are the same; or the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a field indicating resource unit allocation and a user field, and the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel is the same as the
  • the fields of the first i-1 information bits of the two content channels are the same; where i and j are both positive integers, and i ⁇ j.
  • the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel and the first i-1 information bit field of the second content channel can be understood as U-SIG overflow fields, so that the first content channel and the second content channel Duplicating the transmitted U-SIG overflow field can increase the probability of correct reception by the station.
  • an implementation manner of the present application also provides a data transmission method, including: a station receives a PPDU in the form of a network device.
  • the bandwidth used to receive PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth.
  • the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second sub-bandwidth of the EHT-SIG.
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry user fields
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in the second content channel carry padding fields, where i, j is a positive integer, i ⁇ j.
  • the length of the first content channel and the second content channel are the same, which is convenient for the station to receive the first content channel and the second content channel.
  • the site may not read this part of the filled field, thereby simplifying the reading process of the site.
  • an implementation manner of the present application also provides a data transmission method, including: a station receives a PPDU in the form of a network device.
  • the bandwidth used to receive PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth.
  • the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second sub-bandwidth of the EHT-SIG.
  • Content channel; the first content channel includes a first user subfield, the second content channel includes a second user subfield, and the user field of the first user includes a first user subfield and a second user subfield.
  • part of the user field of the same user is transmitted in the first content channel, and the other part is transmitted in the second content channel.
  • the number of information bits used to transmit the user field can be increased, so that more information can be transmitted.
  • the implementation mode of the present application also provides a data transmission method, including: a station receives a PPDU in a network device mode.
  • the bandwidth used to receive PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth.
  • the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second sub-bandwidth of the EHT-SIG.
  • Content channel; the user field of the first content channel is the same as the user field of the second content channel. In this way, the user field is replicated and transmitted on the first content channel and the second content channel, which can increase the probability of correct reception by the site and increase reliability.
  • implementation manners of this application also provide a network device, including:
  • the processing unit is configured to generate a first PPDU;
  • the first PPDU includes a first universal-signaling field U-SIG and a first extremely high throughput-signaling field EHT-SIG, the first U-SIG and the The sum of the number of information bits of the first EHT-SIG is less than or equal to 78 information bits;
  • the transceiver unit is used to send the encoded first PPDU to the station.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG meet at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify a site; for example, the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify the basic service set (Basic Service) where the network device is located. Set, a site of BSS); or
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating the PPDU format, and the occupied information bit of the field indicating the PPDU format is greater than 1 information bit; or
  • the first demodulation indication field includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can not only ensure that the sum of the number of information bits of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG is less than 78 information bits, which saves indication overhead, but also, without increasing indication overhead,
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG can also meet the demand for carrying more information.
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is an association identifier (Association Identifier) used to uniquely identify a site of the basic service set where the network device is located. Identifier, AID).
  • association Identifier used to uniquely identify a site of the basic service set where the network device is located. Identifier, AID.
  • the identification indication field included in the first PPDU after encoding can uniquely indicate one STA.
  • the STA can learn from the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG whether the encoded first PPDU is sent to itself, without continuing to receive subsequent preamble data fields, thereby reducing the power consumption of the station.
  • the station can determine that the first PPDU is sent to itself after the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG, the station It is also possible to perform hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ) combined reception based on the subsequent retransmission.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • the third-party device can obtain the sender and receiver of the first PPDU without causing interference to the device being transmitted, which helps the third-party device to perform scheduling.
  • the information bit occupied by the field indicating the PPDU format included in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG is greater than 1 information bit.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format in the embodiment of the present application is larger than 1 information bit, then the field indicating the format of the PPDU can carry more information, thereby being able to support more Function.
  • the field indicating the format of the PPDU can be used to indicate the format of the PPDU and indicating that the transmission mode is SU or MU transmission. In this way, the station can determine whether it is SU transmission or MU transmission when receiving the U-SIG of the first N-1 information bits, so that the corresponding receiving strategy can be adopted.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format may also include information indicating that the transmission scenario is SU, MU and non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access (MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple, MU non-OFDMA), or MU OFDMA information, and also It may include information indicating trigger-based (TB), and may also include information indicating whether to puncture.
  • MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple MU non-OFDMA
  • MU OFDMA MU OFDMA
  • TB trigger-based
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing, so that the function of spatial multiplexing can be supported.
  • the length of the field indicating spatial multiplexing is 2 information bits.
  • the field indicating spatial multiplexing can be used to indicate any one of the following four items, the item that prohibits parameterized spatial multiplexing (Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW, PSR_DISALLOW), the item that prohibits spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_RESTRICTED), delay The entry for spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_DELAY), the entry for prohibiting PSR and non-SR group (Overlapping Basic Service Set, OBSS)-Packet Detection (Packet Detection). It is used for the corresponding functions of the site to realize spatial reuse.
  • the length of the second U-SIG of the second PPDU before encoding is equal to the number of information bits of the first U-SIG, and the number of information bits of the first U-SIG is equal to that of the second U-SIG.
  • the number of information bits is less than or equal to 52 information bits.
  • the number of information bits of the first U-SIG in the first PPDU sent by the network device to the station in the SU scenario and the information bits of the second U-SIG in the second PPDU sent by the network device in the MU scenario are equal, so that the difference between the receiving strategy of the station receiving the first U-SIG in the SU scenario and the receiving strategy of the second U-SIG in the MU scenario can be reduced, and it is more convenient for the station to receive U-SIG in different scenarios. -SIG.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG include an identification indication field, the identification indication field includes a first indication subfield and a second indication subfield, and the first U-SIG includes a first indication subfield , The first EHT-SIG includes a second indicator subfield.
  • the vacant information bits in the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG are fully utilized to avoid the need to indicate a unique site identifier, which will increase the number of information bits in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG.
  • the start information bit of the first indication subfield is the Nth information bit of the first U-SIG
  • the field type of the first N-1 information bit field of the first U-SIG field is the same as
  • the field types of the first N-1 information bits of the second U-SIG are correspondingly the same, and N is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than 35.
  • the field types of the first N-1 information bits of the first U-SIG and the first N-1 information bits of the second U-SIG include one or more of the following: indicating a physical layer The version field indicates the uplink/downlink field, the field indicating the color of the basic service set, the field indicating the transmission opportunity, the field indicating the bandwidth, the field indicating the PPDU format, the field indicating the space-time coding, the field indicating the spatial multiplexing, Field indicating guard interval and extremely high throughput-long training sequence size, field indicating symbol part other than low-density parity-check code, field indicating padding coefficient before forward error control, field indicating data packet expansion ambiguity, indicating The field where the preamble is punctured.
  • the second EHT-SIG of the second PPDU before encoding includes a field indicating the station identity, and the field type of the field after the second indicating subfield of the first EHT-SIG is the same as that of the second EHT-SIG.
  • the field types of the fields after the field indicating the site ID are the same. In this way, when the station receives the first U-SIG in the SU scenario and the second U-SIG in the MU scenario, the receiving strategy for the information bits after the field indicating the station identifier is the same, which helps to reduce the size of the station. In different scenarios, the difference before receiving the U-SIG receiving strategy is convenient for the station to receive and demodulate the PPDU.
  • the field types of the field after the second indication subfield of the first EHT-SIG and the field after the field indicating the site identification of the second EHT-SIG include one or more of the following: indicating empty The fields of time stream number, intermediate preamble period, and Doppler, fields indicating beamforming, fields indicating beam changes, fields indicating coding and modulation strategies and whether dual-carrier modulation are used, fields indicating coding.
  • the start information bit of the first indication subfield is the Nth information bit of the first U-SIG, the second U-SIG field after the Nth information bit, and the second EHT-SIG
  • the field type of the field before the field used to indicate the site identification includes one or more of the following: a field indicating the number of symbols of EHT-SIG or the number of users of multi-user multiple input and multiple output, indicating the modulation and coding strategy of EHT-SIG And whether to use dual-carrier modulation fields, indicating the extremely high throughput-long training sequence EHT-LTF symbol number, intermediate preamble period and Doppler fields, indicating the resource unit allocation field, indicating the preamble puncturing indication
  • the field indicates the middle 26-subcarrier resource unit (Center 26-tone Resource Allocation, Center 26-tone RU) field.
  • the fields indicating the number of symbols of the EHT-LTF, the intermediate preamble period, and the Doppler are the first character string, and the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates that there is no Doppler.
  • the first character string indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, and each character string in the first character string group corresponds to the number of symbols of one EHT-LTF; or indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, intermediate preamble period and Doppler
  • the field of is the second character string, where the second character string group to which the second character string belongs indicates the presence of Doppler, and the intermediate preamble period is the first period, the second character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, Each character string in the two character string group corresponds to the number of EHT-LTF symbols; or the field indicating the number of EHT-LTF symbols, the intermediate preamble period and the Doppler is the third character string, where the third character string The third character string group to which it belongs indicates the existence of
  • saving information bits in the foregoing manner can enable the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG to carry more information.
  • implementation manners of this application also provide a network device, including:
  • the transceiver unit is used to send PPDUs to the station; among them, the PPDU includes EHT-SIG, and EHT-SIG includes fields indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, the intermediate preamble period and Doppler; indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, the intermediate
  • the fields of the preamble period and Doppler are the first character string, where the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates that there is no Doppler, the first character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and the first character
  • the Doppler and the intermediate preamble period are indicated by the character string group to which the character string belongs, and the value of the character string itself indicates the number of symbols of the EHT-LTF, so that the information used to indicate the Doppler and the intermediate preamble period can be saved Bits.
  • implementation manners of this application also provide a network device, including:
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send the PPDU to the station, and the bandwidth for sending the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the EHT of the PPDU -The first content channel of the SIG, the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG,
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a user field
  • the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel is the same as the first i-th information bit field of the second content channel.
  • the fields of 1 information bit are the same, i and j are both positive integers, i ⁇ j; or the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a field indicating resource unit allocation and a user field
  • the field of the first i-1 information bits of the first content channel is the same as the field of the first i-1 information bits of the second content channel, i and j are both positive integers, and i ⁇ j.
  • the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel and the first i-1 information bit field of the second content channel can be understood as U-SIG overflow fields, so that the first content channel and the second content channel Duplicating the transmitted U-SIG overflow field can increase the probability of correct reception by the station.
  • implementation manners of this application also provide a network device, including:
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send the PPDU to the station, and the bandwidth for sending the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the EHT of the PPDU -The first content channel of the SIG, the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG,
  • the i th information bit to the j th information bit of the first content channel carry a user field
  • the i th information bit to the j th information bit in the second content channel carry a padding field, where i , J are both positive integers, i ⁇ j.
  • the length of the first content channel and the second content channel are the same, which is convenient for the station to receive the first content channel and the second content channel.
  • the site may not read this part of the filled field, thereby simplifying the reading process of the site.
  • implementation manners of this application also provide a network device, including:
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send the PPDU to the station, and the bandwidth for sending the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the EHT of the PPDU -The first content channel of the SIG, the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG,
  • the first content channel includes a first user subfield
  • the second content channel includes the second user subfield
  • the user field of the first user includes the first user subfield and the second user subfield .
  • part of the user field of the same user is transmitted in the first content channel, and the other part is transmitted in the second content channel.
  • the number of information bits used to transmit the user field can be increased, so that more information can be transmitted.
  • implementation manners of this application also provide a network device, including:
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send the PPDU to the station, and the bandwidth for sending the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the EHT of the PPDU
  • the first content channel of the SIG, the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG, and the user field of the first content channel is the same as the user field of the second content channel.
  • the user field is replicated and transmitted on the first content channel and the second content channel, which can increase the probability of correct reception by the site and increase reliability.
  • the implementation mode of this application also provides a site, including:
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive the first PPDU sent by the network device;
  • the processing unit is configured to decode the first PPDU to obtain a decoded first PPDU.
  • the decoded first PPDU includes a first U-SIG and a first EHT-SIG, and the first U-SIG and the The sum of the number of information bits of the first EHT-SIG is less than or equal to 78 information bits; the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG meet at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify a site; for example, the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify the basic service set (Basic Service) where the network device is located. Set, a site of BSS); or
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating the PPDU format, and the occupied information bit of the field indicating the PPDU format is greater than 1 information bit; or
  • the first demodulation indication field includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can not only ensure that the sum of the number of information bits of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG is less than 78 information bits, which saves indication overhead, but also, without increasing indication overhead,
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG can also meet the demand for carrying more information, and the site can obtain more information from the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG.
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is an Association Identifier (AID) used to uniquely identify a site .
  • the identification indication field contained in the first PPDU after encoding can uniquely indicate one STA.
  • the STA can learn from the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG whether the encoded first PPDU is sent to itself, and does not need to continue to receive subsequent preamble data fields, thereby reducing the power consumption of the station.
  • the station can determine that the first PPDU is sent to itself after the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG, the station It is also possible to perform hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ) combined reception based on the subsequent retransmission.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • the third-party device can obtain the sender and receiver of the first PPDU without causing interference to the device being transmitted, which helps the third-party device to perform scheduling.
  • the information bit occupied by the field indicating the PPDU format included in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG is greater than 1 information bit.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format in the embodiment of the present application is larger than 1 information bit, then the field indicating the format of the PPDU can carry more information, thereby being able to support more Function.
  • the field indicating the format of the PPDU can be used to indicate the format of the PPDU and indicating that the transmission mode is SU or MU transmission. In this way, the station can determine whether it is SU transmission or MU transmission when receiving the U-SIG of the first N-1 information bits, so that the corresponding receiving strategy can be adopted.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format may also include information indicating that the transmission scenario is SU, MU and non-orthogonal frequency division multiple (MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple, MU non-OFDMA) information, or MU non-OFDMA information, and also It may include information indicating trigger-based (TB), and may also include information indicating whether to puncture.
  • MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple, MU non-OFDMA
  • MU non-OFDMA MU non-OFDMA
  • TB trigger-based
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing, so that the function of spatial multiplexing can be supported.
  • the length of the field indicating spatial multiplexing is 2 information bits.
  • the field indicating spatial multiplexing can be used to indicate any one of the following four items, the item that prohibits parameterized spatial multiplexing (Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW, PSR_DISALLOW), the item that prohibits spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_RESTRICTED), delay The entry for spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_DELAY), the entry for prohibiting PSR and non-SR group (Overlapping Basic Service Set, OBSS)-Packet Detection (Packet Detection). It is used for the corresponding functions of the site to achieve spatial reuse.
  • the length of the second U-SIG of the decoded second PPDU is equal to the number of information bits of the first U-SIG, and the number of information bits of the first U-SIG is equal to that of the second U-SIG.
  • the number of information bits is less than or equal to 52 information bits.
  • the number of information bits of the first U-SIG in the first PPDU sent by the network device to the station in the SU scenario and the information bits of the second U-SIG in the second PPDU sent by the network device in the MU scenario are equal, so that the difference between the receiving strategy of the station receiving the first U-SIG in the SU scenario and the receiving strategy of the second U-SIG in the MU scenario can be reduced, and it is more convenient for the station to receive U-SIG in different scenarios. -SIG.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG include an identification indication field, the identification indication field includes a first indication subfield and a second indication subfield, and the first U-SIG includes a first indication subfield , The first EHT-SIG includes a second indicator subfield.
  • the vacant information bits in the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG are fully utilized to avoid the need to indicate a unique site identifier, which will increase the number of information bits in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG.
  • the start information bit of the first indication subfield is the Nth information bit of the first U-SIG
  • the field type of the first N-1 information bit field of the first U-SIG field is the same as
  • the field types of the first N-1 information bits of the second U-SIG are correspondingly the same, and N is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than 35.
  • the field types of the first N-1 information bits of the first U-SIG and the first N-1 information bits of the second U-SIG include one or more of the following: indicating a physical layer The version field indicates the uplink/downlink field, the field indicating the color of the basic service set, the field indicating the transmission opportunity, the field indicating the bandwidth, the field indicating the PPDU format, the field indicating the space-time coding, the field indicating the spatial multiplexing, Field indicating guard interval and extremely high throughput-long training sequence size, field indicating symbol part other than low-density parity-check code, field indicating padding coefficient before forward error control, field indicating data packet expansion ambiguity, indicating The field where the preamble is punctured.
  • the second EHT-SIG of the second PPDU before encoding includes a field indicating the station identity, and the field type of the field after the second indicating subfield of the first EHT-SIG is the same as that of the second EHT-SIG.
  • the field types of the fields after the field indicating the site ID are the same. In this way, when the station receives the first U-SIG in the SU scenario and the second U-SIG in the MU scenario, the receiving strategy for the information bits after the field indicating the station identifier is the same, which helps to reduce the size of the station. In different scenarios, the difference before receiving the U-SIG receiving strategy is convenient for the station to receive and demodulate the PPDU.
  • the field types of the field after the second indication subfield of the first EHT-SIG and the field after the field indicating the site identification of the second EHT-SIG include one or more of the following: indicating empty The fields of time stream number, intermediate preamble period, and Doppler, fields indicating beamforming, fields indicating beam changes, fields indicating coding and modulation strategies and whether dual-carrier modulation are used, fields indicating coding.
  • the start information bit of the first indication subfield is the Nth information bit of the first U-SIG, the second U-SIG field after the Nth information bit, and the second EHT-SIG
  • the field type of the field before the field used to indicate the site identification includes one or more of the following: a field indicating the number of symbols of EHT-SIG or the number of users of multi-user multiple input and multiple output, indicating the modulation and coding strategy of EHT-SIG And whether to use dual-carrier modulation fields, indicating the extremely high throughput-long training sequence EHT-LTF symbol number, intermediate preamble period and Doppler fields, indicating the resource unit allocation field, indicating the preamble puncturing indication
  • the field indicates the middle 26-subcarrier resource unit (Center 26-tone Resource Allocation, Center 26-tone RU) field.
  • the fields indicating the number of symbols of the EHT-LTF, the intermediate preamble period, and the Doppler are the first character string, and the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates that there is no Doppler.
  • the first character string indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, and each character string in the first character string group corresponds to the number of symbols of one EHT-LTF; or indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, intermediate preamble period and Doppler
  • the field of is the second character string, where the second character string group to which the second character string belongs indicates the presence of Doppler, and the intermediate preamble period is the first period, the second character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, Each character string in the two character string group corresponds to the number of EHT-LTF symbols; or the field indicating the number of EHT-LTF symbols, the intermediate preamble period and the Doppler is the third character string, where the third character string The third character string group to which it belongs indicates the existence of
  • saving information bits in the above manner can enable the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG to carry more information, so that the site can obtain more information.
  • the implementation manner of this application also provides a site, including a processing unit and a receiving unit:
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive the PPDU sent by the network device
  • PPDU includes EHT-SIG
  • EHT-SIG includes fields indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, intermediate preamble period and Doppler
  • the fields indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, intermediate preamble period and Doppler are The first character string, where the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates that there is no Doppler, the first character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and each character string in the first character string group corresponds to one The number of symbols of EHT-LTF; or the fields indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, the intermediate preamble period, and the Doppler are the second character strings, where the second character string group to which the second character string belongs indicates the presence of Doppler , And the middle preamble period is the first period, the second character string indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, and each character string in the second character string group corresponds to the number of symbols of EHT-LTF; or indicates the symbol of EHT-LTF
  • the station determines the Doppler and intermediate preamble period by the string group to which the string belongs, and indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols according to the value of the string itself, which is used to indicate the number of symbols, Doppler and Doppler of EHT-LTF.
  • the number of information bits in the field of the middle preamble period is reduced, so that the PPDU can carry more information, so that the station can obtain more information from the PPDU.
  • the implementation manner of this application also provides a site, including a processing unit and a receiving unit:
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive a PPDU sent by a network device, and the bandwidth used to receive the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the EHT- of the PPDU.
  • the first content channel of the SIG, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG,
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a user field
  • the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel is the same as the first i-th information bit field of the second content channel.
  • the fields of 1 information bit are the same, i and j are both positive integers, i ⁇ j; or the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a field indicating resource unit allocation and a user field
  • the field of the first i-1 information bits of the first content channel is the same as the field of the first i-1 information bits of the second content channel, i and j are both positive integers, and i ⁇ j.
  • the implementation manner of this application also provides a site, including a processing unit and a receiving unit:
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive a PPDU sent by a network device, and the bandwidth used to receive the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the EHT- of the PPDU.
  • the first content channel of the SIG, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG,
  • the i th information bit to the j th information bit of the first content channel carry a user field
  • the i th information bit to the j th information bit in the second content channel carry a padding field, where i , J are both positive integers, i ⁇ j.
  • the implementation manner of this application also provides a site, including a processing unit and a receiving unit:
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive a PPDU sent by a network device, and the bandwidth used to receive the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the EHT- of the PPDU.
  • the first content channel of the SIG, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG,
  • the first content channel includes a first user subfield
  • the second content channel includes the second user subfield
  • the user field of the first user includes the first user subfield and the second user subfield .
  • an implementation manner of this application also provides a site, including a processing unit and a receiving unit:
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive a PPDU sent by a network device, and the bandwidth used to receive the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the EHT- of the PPDU.
  • the first content channel of the SIG, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG,
  • the user field of the first content channel is the same as the user field of the second content channel.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a network device, including a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, and when the processor executes the computer program or instruction in the memory, the first The method of any embodiment of the aspect is executed, or the method of any aspect of the second aspect to the sixth aspect described above is executed.
  • the implementation manners of the present application further provide a site, including a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, and when the processor executes the computer program or instruction in the memory, the above-mentioned seventh aspect is The method of any one of the embodiments of is executed, or the method of any one of the eighth aspect to the twelfth aspect described above is executed.
  • the implementation manners of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium having computer instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the computer instructions instruct a network device to execute any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect above Or the computer instruction instructs a network device to perform any of the methods in the second aspect to the sixth aspect, or the computer instruction instructs a site to perform the method in any one of the seventh aspect, or the computer instruction instructs The site executes any of the methods from the eighth aspect to the twelfth aspect described above.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product comprising a computer program, when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes any one of the above-mentioned first aspect
  • the method of the embodiment or causes the computer to execute the method of any aspect of the second aspect to the sixth aspect, or causes the computer to execute the method of any embodiment of the seventh aspect, or causes the computer to execute the method of the eighth aspect to the sixth aspect. Any aspect of the twelfth aspect.
  • an implementation manner of the present application further provides a communication device, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is used to receive signals through the input circuit and transmit signals through the output circuit to implement part or all of the steps of any method that can be executed by a network device or a station in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the above-mentioned communication device may be a chip
  • the input circuit may be an input pin
  • the output circuit may be an output pin
  • the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver
  • the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter
  • the circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. This application does not limit the specific implementation of the processor and various circuits.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system involved in an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system related to an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic structural diagram of a first U-SIG and a first EHT-SIG according to an embodiment of the application;
  • 4B is a schematic structural diagram of a second U-SIG and a second EHT-SIG according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to another embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to another embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of CC1 and CC2 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of CC1 and CC2 according to another embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of CC1 and CC2 according to another embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of CC1 and CC2 according to another embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of modules of a network device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the application.
  • 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a site according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a site according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a site according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a site according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a site according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a site according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a site according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the naming of the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG in the implementation manner of this application in the implementation manner of this application is determined according to 802.11be.
  • the names of the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG in the embodiment of this application can also be replaced with the names of the SIG fields related to other standard versions.
  • the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG in the embodiment of this application are not limited to referring to the SIG field related to 802.11be, and the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG in the embodiment of this application can be used to refer to any SIG field related to a standard version.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the network architecture of the communication system in the SU transmission scenario.
  • the communication system 100 includes a network device 110 and a STA 120.
  • the network device 110 sends a PPDU to a STA 120.
  • the STA120 receives the PPDU, and demodulates the data in the PPDU according to the U-SIG and EHT-SIG in the PPDU.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the network architecture of the communication system in the MU transmission scenario.
  • the communication system 200 includes a network device 210 and multiple STAs 220.
  • the network device 210 sends PPDUs to multiple STAs 220, and the STAs receive the PPDUs, and demodulate the data in the PPDUs according to the U-SIG and EHT-SIG in the PPDU.
  • the PPDU sent by the network device to the site includes U-SIG and EHT-SIG.
  • STA is a logical entity with IEEE 802.11 media access control and physical layer functions, and is a collective term for access point (Access Point) and non-AP STA.
  • Table 1 shows the fields included in the U-SIG and the number of information bits in each field in a conventional implementation.
  • Table 2 shows the fields included in the EHT-SIG and the number of information bits in each field in a conventional implementation.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the data transmission method includes the following steps:
  • the network device generates a first PPDU.
  • the first PPDU includes the first general-signaling field U-SIG and the first extremely high throughput-signaling field EHT-SIG, and the sum of the number of information bits of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG is less than or Equal to 78 information bits.
  • the network device sends the encoded first PPDU to the STA.
  • the PPDU generated by the network device is the PPDU before encoding.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG are also unencoded before encoding.
  • the number of information bits refers to the number of bits before encoding.
  • the sum of the number of bits of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG before encoding is less than or equal to 78 information bits.
  • the number of bits occupied by each field in the PPDU will change.
  • MCS0 is Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK) modulation with a code rate of 1/2.
  • BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying
  • the sum of the number of bits of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG in the encoded first PPDU is 156 bits, and a total of 3 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • the STA decodes the decoded first PPDU of the first PPDU, where the decoded first PPDU includes the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG conform to at least one of the following: at least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify an STA; or The field indicating the PPDU format included in the U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG occupies more than 1 information bit; or the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing.
  • the fields contained in U-SIG and the number of information bits in each field are exactly the same, which is required for some MU transmissions.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of this application can not only guarantee the number of information bits of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG.
  • the sum is less than 78 information bits, which can save indication overhead, and on the basis of not increasing indication overhead, the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG can also meet the demand for carrying more information.
  • the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify an STA.
  • the identification indication field is specifically an association identifier (Association Identifier).
  • Identifier, AID) the AID can uniquely identify or indicate a site.
  • the one site is a site of the basic service set (Basic Service Set, BSS) where the network device is located.
  • BSS Basic Service Set
  • the encoded first PPDU contains an identification indication field for indicating a unique AID.
  • the STA can learn from the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG whether the encoded first PPDU is sent to itself, without Continue to receive subsequent preamble data fields to reduce the power consumption of the STA.
  • the STA can determine that the first PPDU is sent to itself after the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG, the STA It is also possible to perform HARQ combined reception based on the subsequent retransmission. Furthermore, the third-party device can obtain the first PPDU sender and receiver without causing interference to the device being transmitted, which helps the third-party device to perform scheduling.
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, which can be understood as that the first U-SIG includes an identification indication field; or the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field; or The U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG include an identification indication field, and the first U-SIG includes a part of the identification indication field, and the first EHT-SIG includes another part of the identification indication field.
  • the identification indication field can be used to indicate a unique AID. For example, in the scenario of SU transmission, when the network device sends the first PPDU to one STA, the identification indication field can uniquely indicate the one STA.
  • the number of information bits of the identifier indication field is 11 information bits, so that the information bits of the identifier indication field can meet the information bit requirements for uniquely identifying an STA.
  • the information bit occupied by the field indicating the PPDU format included in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG is greater than 1 information bit.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format in the embodiment of the present application is larger than 1 information bit, then the field indicating the format of the PPDU can carry more information, thereby being able to support more Function.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format may also include information indicating that the transmission scenario is SU, MU and non-orthogonal frequency division multiple (MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple, MU non-OFDMA) information, or MU non-OFDMA information, and also It may include information indicating trigger-based (TB), and may also include information indicating whether to puncture.
  • MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple, MU non-OFDMA
  • MU non-OFDMA MU non-OFDMA
  • TB trigger-based
  • the field indicating the format of the PPDU can be used to indicate the format of the PPDU and indicating that the transmission mode is SU or MU transmission. In this way, the STA can determine whether it is SU transmission or MU transmission when receiving the U-SIG of the first N-1 information bits, so that the corresponding receiving strategy can be adopted.
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing, so that the function of spatial multiplexing can be supported.
  • the field indicating spatial multiplexing can be used to indicate any one of the following four items:
  • the first EHT-SIG can be encoded using a coding method agreed upon between the network device and the STA.
  • the adopted coding and modulation strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) is MSC0, and dual carrier modulation (dual carrier modulation) is not used. , DCM).
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • DCM dual carrier modulation
  • the first U-SIG does not include the fields indicating the MCS and DCM of the EHT-SIG, so that information bits can be saved, and the saved information bits can be used to carry other important information.
  • the agreed encoding method may be, for example, an encoding method stipulated by an agreement.
  • the length of the second U-SIG of the second PPDU before encoding is equal to the number of information bits of the first U-SIG, and the number of information bits of the first U-SIG is equal to the number of information bits of the second U-SIG.
  • the number of bits is less than or equal to 52 information bits.
  • the number of information bits of the first U-SIG in the first PPDU sent by the network device to the STA in the SU scenario and the information bits of the second U-SIG in the second PPDU sent by the network device in the MU scenario are equal, so that the difference between the receiving strategy of the STA for receiving the first U-SIG in the SU scenario and the receiving strategy of the second U-SIG in the MU scenario can be reduced, and it is more convenient for the STA to receive U-SIG in different scenarios. -SIG.
  • the number of information bits of the first U-SIG and the number of information bits of the second U-SIG are both less than or equal to 52 information bits.
  • One OFDM symbol contains 52 information bits.
  • the first U-SIG and EHT-SIG include an identification indication field.
  • the identification indication field includes a first indication subfield and a second indication subfield.
  • the first U-SIG includes a first indication subfield
  • the first EHT-SIG includes a second indication subfield.
  • the identification indication field is divided into two parts.
  • the first U-SIG includes a part thereof, and the first EHT-SIG includes another part. In this way, the vacant bits in the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG are fully utilized, and the number of information bits of the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG is avoided due to the need to indicate a unique AID.
  • the start information bit of the first indication subfield is the Nth information bit of the first U-SIG
  • the first N-1 information bit field of the first U-SIG field The type corresponds to the same field type of the first N-1 information bit field of the second U-SIG, and N is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than 35. That is to say, the field type of the first U-SIG field before the first indication subfield is the same as the field type of the first N-1 information bit field at the corresponding position of the second U-SIG.
  • the reception strategy of the previous part of the information bits is the same, which helps to reduce the STA’s receiving U-SIG in different scenarios.
  • the previous difference of SIG's receiving strategy is convenient for STA to receive PPDU.
  • the second EHT-SIG of the second PPDU before encoding includes a field indicating the AID, and the field type of the field after the second indicating subfield of the first EHT-SIG is the same as that of the second EHT.
  • the field type of the field after the SIG field indicating the AID is the same. In this way, when the STA receives the first U-SIG in the SU scenario and the second U-SIG in the MU scenario, the receiving strategy of the information bits after the field after the AID is the same, which helps to reduce the STA’s In different scenarios, the difference before receiving the U-SIG receiving strategy is convenient for the STA to receive the PPDU.
  • the start information bit of the first indication subfield is the Nth information bit of the first U-SIG
  • the field type of the first N-1 information bit field of the first U-SIG field is the same as that of the second U-SIG field.
  • the field types of the fields of the first N-1 information bits are the same, and N is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than 35.
  • the second EHT-SIG of the second PPDU before encoding includes a field indicating the STA, the field type of the field of the first EHT-SIG after the second indicating subfield and the field of the second EHT-SIG after the field indicating the STA The field types are the same.
  • the reception strategy of the first part of the information bits and the information bits after the field indicating the STA is the same, so there is It helps to reduce the difference between the STA receiving U-SIG receiving strategy in different scenarios, and it is convenient for the STA to receive PPDUs.
  • the field indicating the STA may be, for example, an AID used to uniquely identify a STA.
  • the first PPDU and the second PPDU sent by the network device are both encoded PPDUs.
  • the first U-SIG, the second U-SIG, the first EHT-SIG, and the second EHT-SIG mentioned in the embodiment of the present application are all fields in the PPDU before encoding.
  • the field types of the first N-1 information bits of the first U-SIG and the first N-1 information bits of the second U-SIG include one or more of the following: indicating a physical layer version (version identifier) ) Field, indicates the uplink/downlink (UL/DL) field, indicates the basic service set color (basic service set color, BSS color) field, indicates the transmission opportunity (transmit opportunity, TXOP) field, indicates The bandwidth (bandwidth) field indicates the PPDU format (PPDU format) field, the space time block code (STBC) field indicates the spatial reuse (spatial reuse) field, and the guard interval (guard interval, GI) and the field of extremely high throughput-long training sequence size (EHT-LTF Size), indicating the field of the symbol part (LDPC extra symbol segment) other than the low-density parity check code, indicating the padding coefficient before forward error control (
  • the field of Pre-FEC Padding Factor indicates the field of packet extension disambiguity (PE disambiguity), or indicates the field of preamble
  • the field indicating UL/DL is used to indicate whether it is UL or DL.
  • the field indicating the version identifier is specifically used to indicate which generation of PPDU the first PPDU is.
  • the field indicating the BSS color is specifically used to indicate the color identification of the BSS where the network device is located.
  • the field indicating the bandwidth is specifically used to indicate the bandwidth of the data packet and the preamble puncturing information.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format is specifically used to indicate the format of the PPDU.
  • the field indicating the STBC is specifically used to indicate whether the data part adopts space-time block code (space-time block code).
  • the field indicating PE disambiguity is specifically used to indicate whether there is ambiguity in the data packet extension.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format may also include information indicating whether the transmission scenario is SU, MU non-OFDMA, or MU OFDMA, and may also include an indication of trigger-based (trigger-based,
  • the information of TB may also include information indicating whether or not to be punctured.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format can be combined with the field indicating UL/DL.
  • the field indicating UL/DL indicates UL, the field indicating PPDU format may indicate SU, MU non-OFDMA, or MU OFDMA; the field indicating UL/DL indicates UL, and the field indicating PPDU format may indicate TB or null.
  • the field of UL/DL indicates UL
  • the field indicating PPDU format indicates that the transmission scenario is SU non-punctured, SU punctured, MU non-OFDMA, or MU OFDMA; indicates UL
  • the field of /DL indicates UL
  • the field indicating PPDU format can indicate the transmission scenario as SU non-punctured or SU punctured character string, or indicate TB.
  • the information bit indicating the field of the PPDU format is 2 information bits.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format may include any one of binary values corresponding to 1-4.
  • the field indicating UL/DL indicates DL, 00 indicates the transmission scenario is SU, 01 indicates the transmission scenario is MU non-OFDMA, 10 indicates the transmission scenario is MU OFDMA, and 11 can be used as a reserved string.
  • the field indicating UL/DL indicates UL, 00 indicates the output scenario is SU, 01 indicates TB, and 10 and 11 are reserved strings.
  • the field indicating UL/DL indicates DL, 00 indicates that the transmission scene is SU non-punctured, 01 indicates that the transmission scene is SU punctured, 10 indicates that the transmission scene is MU non-OFDMA, and 11 indicates that the transmission scene is MU OFDMA.
  • the field indicating UL/DL indicates UL, 00 indicates that the transmission scene is SU non-punctured, and 01 indicates that the transmission scene is SU punctured. 10 indicates TB, and 11 is a reserved string.
  • the field types of the field after the second indication subfield of the first EHT-SIG and the field after the field indicating the STA of the second EHT-SIG include one or more of the following: indicating the number of spatial and Time stream (NSTS), midamble period (midamble periodicity), and Doppler (doppler) fields, indicating beamformed fields, indicating beam change fields, indicating coding and modulation strategies (modulation) and coding scheme (MCS) and whether to use dual-carrier modulation (Dual Coding Modulation, DCM) fields indicate coding (coding) fields.
  • the fields indicating NSTS, midamble periodicity and doppler are used to indicate the number of space-time streams of one STA in combination with midamble periodicity and doppler.
  • a field indicating beamformed, specifically used to indicate whether beamforming is used.
  • the field indicating beam change is specifically used to indicate whether the data packet has undergone a beam change.
  • the fields indicating MCS and DCM are used to indicate the coding and modulation strategy of the STA, and indicate whether the data part adopts dual-carrier modulation.
  • the field indicating the coding specifically used to indicate the coding mode.
  • the field types of the second U-SIG field after the Nth information bit and the second EHT-SIG field before the field used to indicate the STA include one or more of the following: indicating the number of EHT-SIG symbols (number of EHT-LTF symbols) or MU-MIMO users field, indicating the fields of MCS and DCM of EHT-SIG, indicating the extremely high throughput rate-the number of symbols in the long training sequence (number of EHT-LTF symbols), midamble periodicity and doppler fields, indicating the resource unit allocation (resource unit allocation subfield, RU allocation subfield) field, indicating the preamble puncture field, indicating the middle 26-subcarrier resource unit (Center 26-tone) RU) field.
  • the fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler may include subfields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, subfields indicating midamble periodicity, and subfields indicating doppler, or they may be indicated by one field. number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity and doppler.
  • the field indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols or MU-MIMO users is specifically used to indicate the number of MU-MIMO users when EHT-SIG is in compressed mode; when EHT-SIG is in uncompressed mode, it indicates EHT -The number of symbols for SIG.
  • the fields indicating the MCS and DCM of the EHT-SIG are specifically used to indicate the coding and modulation strategy of the second EHT-SIG, and whether the second EHT-SIG adopts dual-carrier modulation.
  • Fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler which are specifically used to indicate the number of EHT-LTF symbols, the period of the intermediate preamble, and whether there is Doppler.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic structural diagram of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG include general fields and user fields.
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic structural diagram of the second U-SIG and the second EHT-SIG according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the second U-SIG and the second EHT-SIG include general fields, EHT MU transmission dedicated fields, and multiple sets of user fields.
  • the dedicated fields for EHT MU transmission may include, but are not limited to, fields indicating the number of EHT-SIG symbols, MCS and DCM, and fields indicating RU allocation subfield.
  • the fields indicating the number of EHT-SIG symbols, MCS, and DCM may be fields indicating the number of EHT-SIG symbols, fields indicating the MCS of EHT-SIG, and fields indicating the DCM of EHT-SIG, respectively.
  • the field indicating the RU allocation subfield is optional.
  • the second U-SIG and the second EHT-SIG include the field indicating the RU allocation subfield.
  • the general fields included in the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG in FIG. 4A correspond to the same field types and the number of information bits included in the general fields included in the second U-SIG and the second EHT-SIG in FIG. 4B of.
  • the general field may be the first N-1 information bit field of the first U-SIG or the first N-1 information bit field of the second U-SIG.
  • the general fields included in the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG may include: a field indicating version identifier, a field indicating UL/DL, a field indicating BSS Color, a field indicating TXOP, and a field indicating Bandwidth.
  • the user fields included in the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG in FIG. 4A are the same as the field types included in each group of user fields included in the second U-SIG and the second EHT-SIG in FIG. 4B.
  • the user field in FIG. 4A includes the first indicator subfield in the first U-SIG and the second indicator subfield in the first EHT-SIG, fields indicating NSTS, midamble periodicity, and doppler, and fields indicating beamformed. , Indicates the field of beam change, indicates the field of MCS and DCM, and indicates the field of coding.
  • the user field in FIG. 4B includes a field indicating STA, a field indicating NSTS, midamble periodicity, and doppler, a field indicating beamformed, a field indicating beam change, a field indicating MCS and DCM, and a field indicating coding.
  • the difference between the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG and the second U-SIG and the second EHT-SIG is mainly that the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG are different.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG can include other more useful information, so that the transmission resources can be fully utilized in the SU transmission scenario .
  • the formats of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG and the second U-SIG and the second EHT-SIG are also partially the same, which can better control the STA in the SU transmission scenario
  • the fields contained in the first U-SIG and the second U-SIG may refer to Table 3 and Table 4.
  • Table 3 shows the fields included in the first 26 information bits of the first U-SIG and the second U-SIG and the number of information bits occupied by each field.
  • Table 4 shows the fields from the 27th information bit to the 52nd information bit of the first U-SIG and the second U-SIG and the number of information bits occupied by each field.
  • the contents of the first 34 information bits (B0-B25 in Table 3 to B0-B7 in Table 4) of the first U-SIG and the second U-SIG are the same.
  • the first information bit corresponds to B0
  • the second information bit corresponds to B1
  • the eighth information bit corresponds to B7.
  • the first 8 information bits of the second symbol of the first U-SIG and the second U-SIG correspond to B0-B7 of the second symbol of the first U-SIG and the second U-SIG.
  • the first 34 information bits of the first U-SIG and the second U-SIG include the following fields: field indicating version identifier, field indicating DL/UL, field indicating BSS color, field indicating TXOP, field indicating Bandwidth , The field indicating PPDU format, the field indicating STBC, the field indicating spatial reuse, the field indicating GI and EHT-LTF size, the field indicating LDPC Extra Symbol Segment, the field indicating PE disambiguity, the field indicating Pre-FEC Padding Factor .
  • the number of information bits in the field indicating the version identifier is 3 information bits
  • the number of information bits in the field indicating DL/UL is 1 information bit
  • the information bit in the field indicating BSS color is 6 information bits
  • indicating the information of the TXOP field The bit is 7 information bits
  • the information bit indicating the bandwidth field is 6 information bits
  • the information bit indicating the PPDU format field is 2 information bits
  • the information bit indicating STBC is 1 information bit
  • the information bit indicating the spatial reuse field is 2 Information bit
  • the information bit indicating the field of GI and EHT-LTF size is 2 information bits
  • the information bit indicating the field of LDPC extra symbol segment is 1 information bit
  • the information bit of the field indicating PE disambiguity is 1 information bit
  • indicating pre The information bits in the field of -FEC padding factor are 2 information bits.
  • the arrangement order of the first 34 information bits of the first U-SIG and the second U-SIG can be arranged according to the order in Table 1, or arranged in other order, just keep the first U-SIG It only needs to correspond to the same type of the field carried by the corresponding information bit in the second U-SIG.
  • the 35th information bit (B8 in Table 4) to the 52nd information bit (B25 in Table 4) of the second symbol of the first U-SIG includes a partial AID (partial AID) field, indicating a loop A field of a cyclic redundancy code (CRC) and a field indicating a tail bit (tail).
  • the field indicating the CRC is used for information verification.
  • the field indicating tail is specifically used to end encoding.
  • the number of information bits in the partial AID field is 8 information bits, the information bits in the field indicating CRC are 4 information bits, and the information bits in the field indicating tail are 6 information bits.
  • the partial AID field can be understood as the first indicator subfield in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the 35th information bit (B8 in Table 4) to the 52nd information bit (B25 in Table 4) of the second U-SIG includes a field indicating number of EHT-SIG symbols or MU-MIMO users, indicating EHT- The MCS and DCM fields of the SIG, the field indicating the CRC, and the field indicating the tail.
  • the number of information bits indicating the number of EHT-SIG symbols or MU-MIMO users is 5 information bits
  • the number of information bits indicating the MCS and DCM fields of EHT-SIG is 3 information bits, indicating the information of the CRC field
  • the number of bits is 4 information bits
  • the information bits of the field indicating tail are 6 information bits.
  • Table 5 shows the fields included in the first EHT-SIG and the number of information bits in each field.
  • the first EHT-SIG includes a partial AID field, a field indicating NSTS and doppler, a field indicating MCS, a field indicating DCM, a field indicating beam change, a field indicating coding, a field indicating beamformed, and an indication The CRC field and the field indicating tail.
  • the number of information bits in the partial AID field is 3 information bits
  • the number of information bits in the field indicating NSTS and doppler is 5 information bits
  • the number of information bits in the field indicating MCS is 4 information bits
  • the number of information bits in the field indicating DCM It is 1 information bit
  • the number of information bits in the field indicating beam change is 1 information bit
  • the number of information bits in the field indicating coding is 1 information bit
  • the number of information bits in the field indicating beamformed is 1 information bit
  • the field indicating CRC is The number of information bits is 1 information bit and the number of information bits in the field indicating tail is 6 information bits.
  • the partial AID field in the first EHT-SIG can be understood as the second indicator subfield in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the partial AID field in the first EHT-SIG, the field indicating NSTS and doppler, the field indicating MCS, the field indicating DCM, the field indicating beam change, the field indicating coding, and the field indicating beamformed can be collectively referred to as the user field (user field). specific field).
  • a part of the AID is in the first U-SIG, and the other part of the AID is in the first EHT-SIG.
  • the sum of the number of information bits of the part of the AID and the part of the AID is 11 information bits.
  • the STA can receive a part of the AID obtained by the first U-SIG and another part of the AID obtained by the first EHT-SIG, and obtain an AID of 11 information bits according to the part of the AID and the other part of the AID, so as to determine the AID The uniquely identified STA.
  • Table 6 shows the fields included in the second EHT-SIG and the number of information bits in each field.
  • the second EHT-SIG includes fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler, multiple sets of user specific fields, fields indicating CRC, and fields indicating tail.
  • Each set of user specific fields includes AID , The field indicating NSTS and doppler, the field indicating MCS, the field indicating DCM, the field indicating beam change, the field indicating coding, the field indicating beamformed, the field indicating CRC and the field indicating tail.
  • Each set of user-specific fields corresponds to a field indicating CRC and a field indicating tail.
  • the number of information bits in the fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler is 4 information bits
  • the number of information bits in AID is 11 information bits
  • the fields indicating NSTS and doppler the fields indicating MCS
  • the fields indicating DCM The number of information bits in the field, the field indicating beamchange, the field indicating coding, the field indicating beamformed, the field indicating CRC, and the field indicating tail are all corresponding to the number of information bits in each field in the first EHT-SIG.
  • the AID in the second EHT-SIG can be understood as the field indicating the STA in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the formats of U-SIG and EHT-SIG are partially the same, which can facilitate the STA to receive U-SIG and EHT-SIG.
  • it also contains some more important fields, such as the spatial reuse field.
  • the information bits of the field indicating the PPDU format are 2 information bits, so that the field can carry more information.
  • the number of information bits in the AID field is 11 information bits, which can uniquely identify an STA of the BSS where the network device is located.
  • a part of the AID is in the first U-SIG, and another part of the AID is in the first EHT-SIG.
  • the sum of the number of information bits of the part of the AID and the part of the AID is 11 information bits.
  • the STA can receive a part of the AID obtained by the first U-SIG and another part of the AID obtained by the first EHT-SIG, and obtain an AID of 11 information bits according to the part of the AID and the other part of the AID, so as to determine the AID The uniquely identified STA.
  • the second EHT-SIG includes an AID with 11 information bits, and the STA can receive the second EHT-SIG to obtain the AID, so as to determine the STA uniquely identified by the AID.
  • the second EHT-SIG may include a field indicating a field (RU allocation subfield) for resource unit allocation.
  • the second EHT-SIG may include a field indicating preamble puncture.
  • the field indicating resource unit allocation includes one or more subfields indicating resource unit allocation. Specifically, each STA corresponds to a subfield indicating resource unit allocation, and each subfield indicating resource unit allocation indicates resource unit allocation information of the corresponding STA.
  • the number of information bits indicating the field allocated by the resource unit is related to the number n of STAs that the network device sends the second PPDU. For example, if the number of information bits in each subfield indicating resource unit allocation is m, then the number of information bits in the field indicating resource unit allocation is n*m. m can be, for example, but is not limited to 8.
  • the second EHT-SIG may also include a field indicating Center 26-tone RU, and the number of information bits in this field is 1-2 information bits.
  • the field indicating RU allocation subfield or preamble puncture, and the field indicating Center 26-tone RU may be located before the user field.
  • the fields before the identifier indication field in the first U-SIG are not limited to include the first symbol of the first U-SIG in Table 3 and the first 8 symbols of the second symbol in Table 4. All fields of the information bit can also be omitted from some fields.
  • the second U-SIG is not limited to all fields including the first symbol of the first U-SIG in Table 3 and the first 8 information bits of the second symbol in Table 4.
  • the number of information bits in each field is not limited to the number of information bits shown in Table 3 and Table 4.
  • This application does not limit the order of the fields before the identification indication field in the first U-SIG (the first N-1 fields), and the order of the first N-1 fields in the second U-SIG, just keep the first
  • the field types of the first N-1 fields of the U-SIG correspond to the field types of the first N-1 fields of the second U-SIG.
  • the fields after the identification indication field of the first EHT-SIG are not limited to include all the fields after the partial AID in the first EHT-SIG in Table 4 above, and some fields may also be omitted.
  • the second EHT-SIG is not limited to including all user fields in Table 5 above, and some fields can be omitted for each group of user fields.
  • This application also does not limit the sequence of the user fields of the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG.
  • the user field is not limited to only being carried in the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG, and some user fields may also be carried in the first U-SIG and the second U-SIG.
  • some fields may be reduced in the first U-SIG, the first EHT-SIG, the second U-SIG, and the second EHT-SIG.
  • it may not include one or more of the field indicating beamforming, the field indicating DCM, or the field indicating coding, or the number of information bits in the field indicating AID may be reduced.
  • the information bits saved in this way are used to carry other information. For example, the number of information bits indicating the field of spatial multiplexing can be increased, or the field indicating the puncturing of the preamble can be added.
  • some of the fields in the first EHT-SIG are put into the first U-SIG, so as to realize that the first EHT-SIG includes a complete identification indication field and maintains the information of the first U-SIG
  • the number of bits is less than or equal to 52 information bits, and the number of information bits of the first EHT-SIG is less than or equal to 26 information bits.
  • the complete identification indication field is included in the first EHT-SIG, which can facilitate the STA to better receive the identification indication field.
  • the first PPDU suitable for SU transmission in the embodiment of the present application may also be used only for SU transmission in the case of non-preamble puncturing.
  • the second PPDU suitable for MU transmission in the embodiment of the present application can be used.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to another embodiment of this application.
  • the data transmission method includes the following steps:
  • S501 The network device generates a PPDU
  • the PPDU includes EHT-SIG, and the EHT-SIG includes fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler.
  • the number of information bits in the fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble, periodicality, and doppler is 4 information bits.
  • the fields of the indication number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler can be any of the following situations.
  • the fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler are the first string, where the first string group to which the first string belongs indicates that there is no Doppler, and the first string indicates the symbol of EHT-LTF
  • Each character string in the first character string group corresponds to an EHT-LTF symbol number, and the first character string can be any character string in the first sub-string group; or
  • the fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler are the second character string, where the second character string group to which the second character string belongs indicates the existence of Doppler, and the intermediate preamble period is the first period.
  • the two character strings indicate the number of EHT-LTF symbols, each character string in the second character string group corresponds to the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and the second character string can be any character string in the second sub-string group; or
  • the fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler are the third character string, where the third character string group to which the third character string belongs indicates the existence of Doppler, and the intermediate preamble period is the second period,
  • the three character strings indicate the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, each character string in the third character string group corresponds to the number of symbols of one EHT-LTF, and the third character string can be any character string in the third sub-string group.
  • S502 The network device sends a PPDU to the STA.
  • the STA receives the PPDU sent by the network device.
  • Table 7 shows a possible correspondence between the first character string group, the second character string group, and the third character string group and the number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler, respectively.
  • the first character string may include binary values corresponding to 0-8, and each binary value corresponds to the number of symbols indicating an EHT-LTF.
  • the 9 binary values 0000, 0001, 0010, 0011, 0100, 0101, 0110, 0111, and 1000 respectively indicate the number of EHT-LTF symbols as 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
  • the first string group indicates that there is no doppler.
  • any character string in the first character string group can indicate that there is no doppler through the first character string group to which it belongs. That is, the 9 binary values 0000, 0001, 0010, 0011, 0100, 0101, 0110, 0111, 1000 can all indicate that there is no doppler.
  • the second character string group may include binary values corresponding to 9-11, and each binary value corresponds to an EHT-LTF symbol number. Specifically, the three binary values 1001, 1010, and 1011 indicate that the number of EHT-LTF symbols are 1, 2, and 4, respectively.
  • the second string group indicates that there is a doppler, and the midamble period city is period city 1.
  • each character string in the second character string group can indicate the existence of a doppler through the second character string group to which it belongs, and the midamble period city is the first period. That is, the three binary values 1001, 1010, and 1011 can all indicate that there is a doppler, and the midamble period city is the first period.
  • the third character string group may include binary values corresponding to 12-14, and each binary value corresponds to an EHT-LTF symbol number. Specifically, the three binary values 1100, 1101, and 1110 indicate that the number of EHT-LTF symbols are 1, 2, and 4, respectively.
  • the third string group indicates that there is a doppler, and the midamble period city is period city 2. Then, each character string in the third character string group can indicate the existence of a doppler through the third character string group to which it belongs, and the midamble period city is the second period. That is, the three binary values 1100, 1101, and 1110 can all indicate that there is a doppler, and the midamble period city is the first period.
  • period city 1 and period city 2 are different periods.
  • periodcity 1 is 10, and periodcity 2 is 20.
  • the binary value that the 4 information bits can carry also includes 1111. 1111 can be reserved for indicating other information. Such an indication method not only saves the number of information bits, but also provides a certain degree of scalability.
  • the doppler and midamble period city are indicated by the character string group to which the character string belongs, and the value of the character string itself indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols.
  • the number of information bits is used as For the 4-information bit field indication and the number of EHT-LTF symbols and midamble period city schemes, the field for indicating the doppler can be omitted, thereby reducing the information bits indicating the number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble period, and doppler fields. number.
  • the fields indicating the number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble period city, and doppler in the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG can all adopt the above figure. 5
  • the indication mode of the field indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, midamble period city and doppler In the embodiment of the corresponding data transmission method, the indication mode of the field indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, midamble period city and doppler.
  • the number of information bits in the fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble period city, and doppler in the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG is 4 information bits.
  • the fields indicating the number of symbols of the EHT-LTF, midamble, periodcity, and doppler can be any of the following situations.
  • the fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodcity, and doppler are the first character string, where the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates that there is no doppler, and the first character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols.
  • Each character string in the first character string group corresponds to an EHT-LTF symbol number, and the first character string can be any character string in the first sub-string group; or
  • the fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodcity, and doppler are the second character string, where the second character string group to which the second character string belongs indicates the existence of doppler, and midamble periodcity is the first period, and the second character string indicates The number of EHT-LTF symbols, each string in the second string group corresponds to the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and the second string can be any string in the second sub-string group; or
  • the fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodcity, and doppler are the third character string, where the third character string group to which the third character string belongs indicates the existence of a doppler, and midamble periodcity is the second period, and the third character string indicates The number of EHT-LTF symbols, each character string in the third character string group corresponds to the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and the third character string can be any character string in the third sub-string group.
  • saving information bits in the foregoing manner can enable the first EHT-SIG and the second EHT-SIG to carry more information.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to another embodiment of this application.
  • the data transmission method may include the following steps:
  • the network device generates a PPDU.
  • the network device sends a PPDU to the STA.
  • the bandwidth used by the network device to send PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz.
  • the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel CC1 of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel CC2 of the EHT-SIG.
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of CC1 carry a user field
  • the field of the first i-1 information bit of CC1 is the same as the field of the first i-1 information bit of CC2.
  • i and j are both positive integers, i ⁇ j; or the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of CC1 carry a field indicating resource unit allocation and a user field, and the first i-1 information bit field of CC1 is the same as
  • the first i-1 information bit fields of CC2 are the same. Both i and j are positive integers, i ⁇ j.
  • CC1 includes a field indicating resource unit allocation.
  • the field indicating resource unit allocation can be transmitted only in CC1, but not in CC2. This can save transmission resources.
  • the user field may include, for example, a field indicating STA, a field indicating NSTS, midamble periodicity, and doppler, a field indicating MCS and DCM, and a field indicating coding.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of CC1 and CC2 in an embodiment of the application.
  • the first i-1 information bits of CC1 and CC2 carry a U-SIG Overflow (U-SIG Overflow) field.
  • U-SIG Overflow U-SIG Overflow
  • the U-SIG Overflow field is copied and transmitted in CC1 and CC2.
  • the U-SIG Overflow field may include, but is not limited to, for example, fields indicating number of EHT-LTF symbols, midamble periodicity, and doppler, fields indicating DL/UL, fields indicating Bandwidth, fields indicating PPDU format, fields indicating STBC, indications
  • the spatial reuse field indicates one or more of the LDPC Extra Symbol Segment field, the PE disambiguity field, and the Pre-FEC Padding Factor field.
  • the U-SIG Overflow is replicated and transmitted in CC1 and CC2, which can increase the probability that the STA will receive it correctly.
  • the fields from the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in CC1 and CC2 may be the same or different.
  • the following is the case where the i-th to j-th information bit of CC1 carries the user field, and the field of the first i-1 information bit of CC1 is the same as the field of the first i-1 information bit of CC2, CC1 and CC2 Where the field from the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in.
  • the fields from the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of CC2 are the same as the fields from the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of CC1. That is, the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of CC2 also carry the same user field. In this way, the user field is copied and transmitted on CC1 and CC2, which can increase the probability of correct reception by the STA and increase reliability.
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in CC1 carry the user field of the STA
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in CC2 carry a padding field.
  • CC1 and CC2 have the same length, which is convenient for STA to receive CC1 and CC2.
  • the STA may not read this part of the padding field, which can simplify the STA's reading process.
  • the network device sends a PPDU to the STA in the SU scenario
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in CC1 carry a part of the user fields of the STA
  • the i-th information bit in CC2 The following information bits carry another part of the user field of the STA.
  • the network device sends PPDUs to multiple STAs in the MU scenario, and the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in CC1 carry a part of the user fields of each STA of the multiple STAs, The information bits after the i-th information bit in CC2 carry another part of the user field of each of the multiple STAs.
  • the network device sends PPDUs to multiple STAs in the MU scenario, and the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in CC1 carry the user fields of some STAs among the multiple STAs, CC2
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in carries the user field of another part of the multiple STAs.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of CC1 and CC2 according to another embodiment of the application.
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of CC1 carry user fields
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of CC2 carry padding fields.
  • i and j are both positive integers, i ⁇ j.
  • the user field is only transmitted in CC1, and in CC2, the user field is not transmitted. In this way, the STA does not need to read this part of the padding field, which can simplify the STA's reading process.
  • the fields of the first i-1 information bits of CC1 and CC2 may adopt the manner of the above embodiment, and the fields of the first i-1 information bits of CC1 and CC2 are the same.
  • the U-SIG Overflow field is transmitted in the first i-1 information bits of CC1 and CC2.
  • the fields of the first i-1 information bits of CC1 and CC2 are different.
  • the U-SIG Overflow field may be transmitted in only one of CC1 or CC2.
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of CC1 or CC2 may also carry a field indicating resource unit allocation.
  • the field indicating resource unit allocation can also be transmitted in only one of CC1 or CC2.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of CC1 and CC2 according to another embodiment of the application.
  • the user field of CC1 is the same as the user field of CC2.
  • the user field is copied and transmitted on CC1 and CC2, which can increase the probability of correct reception by the STA and increase reliability.
  • the format of the EHT-SIG included in the PPDU in the foregoing several possible embodiments may be the format of the first EHT-SIG or the second EHT-SIG in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of CC1 and CC2 according to another embodiment of the application.
  • CC1 includes a first user subfield
  • CC2 includes a second user subfield
  • the user field of the first user includes a first user subfield and a second user subfield. That is to say, in this embodiment, part of the user field of the same user is transmitted in CC1, and the other part is transmitted in CC2. In this way, the number of information bits used to transmit the user field can be increased, so that more information can be transmitted.
  • the fields carried by the first i-1 information bits of CC1 and CC2 in the foregoing embodiment can also be used in this embodiment.
  • the field before the first user subfield of CC1 in this embodiment may be the field carried by the first i-1 information bits of CC1 in the above embodiment.
  • the field before the second user subfield of CC2 in this embodiment may be a field carried by the first i-1 information bits of CC2 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of modules of a network device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the network equipment 1100 includes:
  • the processing unit 1101 is configured to generate a first PPDU; the first PPDU includes the first general-signaling field U-SIG and the first extremely high throughput-signaling field EHT-SIG, the first U-SIG and the first EHT- The sum of the number of information bits of the SIG is less than or equal to 78 information bits;
  • the transceiver unit 1102 is configured to send the encoded first PPDU to the station.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG meet at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify a site; or
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating the PPDU format, and the occupied information bit of the field indicating the PPDU format is greater than 1 information bit; or
  • the first demodulation indication field includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can not only ensure that the sum of the number of information bits of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG is less than 78 information bits, which saves indication overhead, but also, without increasing indication overhead,
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG can also meet the demand for carrying more information.
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is an association identifier (Association Identifier, AID) used to uniquely identify a site.
  • the one site is a site of the basic service set (Basic Service Set, BSS) where the network device is located.
  • BSS Basic Service Set
  • the identification indication field contained in the first PPDU after encoding can uniquely indicate one STA.
  • the STA can learn from the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG whether the encoded first PPDU is sent to itself, and does not need to continue to receive subsequent preamble data fields, thereby reducing the power consumption of the station.
  • the station can determine that the first PPDU is sent to itself after the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG, the station It is also possible to perform hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ) combined reception based on the subsequent retransmission.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • the third-party device can obtain the sender and receiver of the first PPDU without causing interference to the device being transmitted, which helps the third-party device to perform scheduling.
  • the information bit occupied by the field indicating the PPDU format included in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG is greater than 1 information bit.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format in the embodiment of the present application is larger than 1 information bit, then the field indicating the format of the PPDU can carry more information, thereby being able to support more Function.
  • the field indicating the format of the PPDU can be used to indicate the format of the PPDU and indicating that the transmission mode is SU or MU transmission. In this way, the station can determine whether it is SU transmission or MU transmission when receiving the U-SIG of the first N-1 information bits, so that the corresponding receiving strategy can be adopted.
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing, so that the function of spatial multiplexing can be supported.
  • the length of the field indicating spatial multiplexing is 2 information bits.
  • the field indicating spatial multiplexing can be used to indicate any one of the following four items, the item that prohibits parameterized spatial multiplexing (Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW, PSR_DISALLOW), the item that prohibits spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_RESTRICTED), delay The entry for spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_DELAY), the entry for prohibiting PSR and non-SR group (Overlapping Basic Service Set, OBSS)-Packet Detection (Packet Detection). It is used for the corresponding functions of the site to achieve spatial reuse.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of modules of a network device according to another embodiment of the application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device 1200, including:
  • the processing unit 1201 is used to generate PPDU
  • the transceiver unit 1201 is configured to send PPDUs to the station; where the PPDU includes EHT-SIG, and EHT-SIG includes fields indicating the number of EHT-LTF symbols, the intermediate preamble period, and the Doppler; indicating the number of EHT-LTF symbols,
  • the fields of the middle preamble period and Doppler are the first character string, where the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates that there is no Doppler, the first character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and the first character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols.
  • Each character string in the character string group corresponds to the number of symbols of an EHT-LTF; or the field indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, the intermediate preamble period and the Doppler is the second character string, where the second character string belongs
  • the second character string group indicates the existence of Doppler, and the intermediate preamble period is the first period, the second character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and each character string in the second character string group corresponds to one EHT-LTF Or the field indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, the period of the intermediate preamble, and the Doppler is the third character string, where the third character string group to which the third character string belongs indicates the existence of Doppler, and the middle
  • the preamble period is the second period, the third character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and each character string in the third character string group corresponds to the number of EHT-LTF symbols.
  • the Doppler and the intermediate preamble period are indicated by the character string group to which the character string belongs, and the value of the character string itself indicates the number of symbols of the EHT-LTF, so that the information used to indicate the Doppler and the intermediate preamble period can be saved Bits.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of modules of a network device according to another embodiment of the application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device 1300, including:
  • the processing unit 1301 is used to generate PPDU
  • the transceiver unit 1302 is used to send PPDUs to the station.
  • the bandwidth used to send PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth.
  • the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU.
  • the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of EHT-SIG,
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry user fields, the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel and the first i-1 information bit field of the second content channel Same, i and j are both positive integers, i ⁇ j; or the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry fields indicating resource unit allocation and user fields, the first i of the first content channel
  • the field of -1 information bits is the same as the field of the first i-1 information bits of the second content channel, i and j are both positive integers, and i ⁇ j.
  • the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel and the first i-1 information bit field of the second content channel can be understood as U-SIG overflow fields, so that the first content channel and the second content channel Duplicating the transmitted U-SIG overflow field can increase the probability of correct reception by the station.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of modules of a network device according to another embodiment of the application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device 1400, including:
  • the processing unit 1401 is used to generate PPDU
  • the transceiving unit 1402 is used to send PPDUs to the station.
  • the bandwidth used to send the PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth.
  • the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU.
  • the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of EHT-SIG,
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a user field
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in the second content channel carry a padding field, where i and j are both Positive integer, i ⁇ j.
  • the length of the first content channel and the second content channel are the same, which is convenient for the station to receive the first content channel and the second content channel.
  • the site may not read this part of the filled field, thereby simplifying the reading process of the site.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of modules of a network device according to another embodiment of the application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network device 1500, including:
  • the processing unit 1501 is used to generate PPDU
  • the transceiver unit 1502 is used to send PPDUs to the station.
  • the bandwidth used to send the PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth.
  • the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU.
  • the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of EHT-SIG,
  • the first content channel includes a first user subfield
  • the second content channel includes a second user subfield
  • the user field of the first user includes a first user subfield and a second user subfield.
  • part of the user field of the same user is transmitted in the first content channel, and the other part is transmitted in the second content channel.
  • the number of information bits used to transmit the user field can be increased, so that more information can be transmitted.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of modules of a network device according to another embodiment of the application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network device 1600, including:
  • the processing unit 1601 is used to generate PPDU
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is used to send PPDUs to the station.
  • the bandwidth used to send the PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth.
  • the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU.
  • the second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of EHT-SIG, and the user field of the first content channel is the same as the user field of the second content channel.
  • the user field is replicated and transmitted on the first content channel and the second content channel, which can increase the probability of correct reception by the site and increase reliability.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of modules of a site according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a site 1700, including:
  • the transceiver unit 1702 is configured to receive the first PPDU sent by the network device;
  • the processing unit 1701 is configured to decode the first PPDU to obtain the decoded first PPDU.
  • the decoded first PPDU includes the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG, and the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG The sum of the number of information bits is less than or equal to 78 information bits; the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG meet at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is used to uniquely identify a site; or
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating the PPDU format, and the occupied information bit of the field indicating the PPDU format is greater than 1 information bit; or
  • the first demodulation indication field includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can not only ensure that the sum of the number of information bits of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG is less than 78 information bits, which saves indication overhead, but also, without increasing indication overhead,
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG can also meet the demand for carrying more information, and the site can obtain more information from the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG.
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is an Association Identifier (AID) used to uniquely identify a site .
  • the one site is a site of the basic service set (Basic Service Set, BSS) where the network device is located.
  • BSS Basic Service Set
  • the identification indication field contained in the first PPDU after encoding can uniquely indicate one STA.
  • the STA can learn from the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG whether the encoded first PPDU is sent to itself, and does not need to continue to receive subsequent preamble data fields, thereby reducing the power consumption of the station.
  • the station can determine that the first PPDU is sent to itself after the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG, the station It is also possible to perform hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ) combined reception based on the subsequent retransmission.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • the third-party device can obtain the sender and receiver of the first PPDU without causing interference to the device being transmitted, which helps the third-party device to perform scheduling.
  • the information bit occupied by the field indicating the PPDU format included in the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG is greater than 1 information bit.
  • the field indicating the PPDU format in the embodiment of the present application is larger than 1 information bit, then the field indicating the format of the PPDU can carry more information, thereby being able to support more Function.
  • the field indicating the format of the PPDU can be used to indicate the format of the PPDU and indicating that the transmission mode is SU or MU transmission. In this way, the station can determine whether it is SU transmission or MU transmission when receiving the U-SIG of the first N-1 information bits, so that the corresponding receiving strategy can be adopted.
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing, so that the function of spatial multiplexing can be supported.
  • the length of the field indicating spatial multiplexing is 2 information bits.
  • the field indicating spatial multiplexing can be used to indicate any one of the following four items, the item that prohibits parameterized spatial multiplexing (Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW, PSR_DISALLOW), the item that prohibits spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_RESTRICTED), delay The entry for spatial multiplexing transmission (SR_DELAY), the entry for prohibiting PSR and non-SR group (Overlapping Basic Service Set, OBSS)-Packet Detection (Packet Detection). It is used for the corresponding functions of the site to achieve spatial reuse.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of modules of a site according to another embodiment of the application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a station 1800, including a processing unit 1801 and a transceiver unit 1802,
  • the transceiver unit 1802 is used to receive PPDU sent by the network device
  • PPDU includes EHT-SIG
  • EHT-SIG includes fields indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, intermediate preamble period and Doppler
  • the fields indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, intermediate preamble period and Doppler are The first character string, where the first character string group to which the first character string belongs indicates that there is no Doppler, the first character string indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols, and each character string in the first character string group corresponds to one The number of symbols of EHT-LTF; or the fields indicating the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, the intermediate preamble period, and the Doppler are the second character strings, where the second character string group to which the second character string belongs indicates the presence of Doppler , And the middle preamble period is the first period, the second character string indicates the number of symbols of EHT-LTF, and each character string in the second character string group corresponds to the number of symbols of EHT-LTF; or indicates the symbol of EHT-LTF
  • the station determines the Doppler and intermediate preamble period by the string group to which the string belongs, and indicates the number of EHT-LTF symbols according to the value of the string itself, which is used to indicate the number of symbols, Doppler and Doppler of EHT-LTF.
  • the number of information bits in the field of the middle preamble period is reduced, so that the PPDU can carry more information, so that the station can obtain more information from the PPDU.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of modules of a station according to another embodiment of the application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a site, including a processing unit 1901 and a transceiver unit 1902,
  • the transceiver unit 1902 is used to receive PPDUs sent by network equipment, and the bandwidth for receiving PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU , The second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of EHT-SIG,
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry user fields, the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel and the first i-1 information bit field of the second content channel Same, i and j are both positive integers, i ⁇ j; or the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry fields indicating resource unit allocation and user fields, the first i of the first content channel
  • the field of -1 information bits is the same as the field of the first i-1 information bits of the second content channel, i and j are both positive integers, and i ⁇ j.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of modules of a site according to another embodiment of the application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a site 2000, including a processing unit 2001 and a transceiver unit 2002,
  • the transceiver unit 2002 is used to receive the PPDU sent by the network device, and the bandwidth for receiving the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, The second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of EHT-SIG,
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a user field
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in the second content channel carry a padding field, where i and j are both Positive integer, i ⁇ j.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of modules of a site according to another embodiment of the application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a station 2100, including a processing unit 2101 and a transceiver unit 2102,
  • the transceiver unit 2102 is used to receive PPDUs sent by network devices, and the bandwidth for receiving PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, The second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of EHT-SIG,
  • the first content channel includes a first user subfield
  • the second content channel includes a second user subfield
  • the user field of the first user includes a first user subfield and a second user subfield.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of modules of a site according to another embodiment of the application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a station 2200, including a processing unit 2201 and a transceiver unit 2202,
  • the transceiver unit 2202 is used to receive PPDUs sent by network equipment, and the bandwidth for receiving PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth, and the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, The second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of EHT-SIG,
  • the user field of the first content channel is the same as the user field of the second content channel.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the application. Please refer to FIG. 23, which schematically provides a possible basic hardware architecture of the network device of the present application.
  • the network device 2300 includes at least a processor 2310 and a transceiver 2320.
  • the processor 2310 is coupled with the memory 2330, and the processor 2310, the transceiver 2320, and the memory 2330 are connected to each other through a bus 2340, where:
  • the processor 2310 may be a central processing unit (CPU), or a combination of a CPU and a hardware chip.
  • the above-mentioned hardware chip may be an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD) or a combination thereof.
  • the above-mentioned PLD may be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a generic array logic (GAL), or any combination thereof.
  • the transceiver 2320 may include a receiver and a transmitter, for example, a radio frequency module.
  • the processor 2310 described below receives or sends a message, which can be specifically understood as the processor 2310 receiving or sending through the transceiver.
  • the transceiver 2320 may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the memory 2330 may be a memory of the network device 2300 or an external memory connected to the processor 2310.
  • the memory 2330 may be a physically independent unit, or may be integrated with the processor 2310.
  • the memory 2330 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), or Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EPROM, or flash memory. Flash memory) or cache (cache), the memory 2330 is used to store related instructions and data, and can transmit the stored data to the processor 2310.
  • the processor 2310 and the transceiver 2320 in the network device 2300 of this embodiment can be understood as the processing unit and the transceiver unit in the embodiment corresponding to any one of FIGS. 11-16.
  • the processor 2310 in the network device 2300 is configured to read related instructions in the memory 2330 to execute any of the foregoing method embodiments, and the network device executes part or all of the steps.
  • the related description and technical effects of the instructions executed by the processor of the network device 2300 can be found in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the processor 2310 in the network device 2300 is configured to read related instructions in the memory 2330 to perform the following operations:
  • the first PPDU includes the first general-signaling field U-SIG and the first extremely high throughput-signaling field EHT-SIG, the number of information bits between the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG The sum is less than or equal to 78 information bits;
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG meet at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is used to indicate a unique site identification; or
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating the PPDU format, and the occupied information bit of the field indicating the PPDU format is greater than 1 information bit; or
  • the first demodulation indication field includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing.
  • the processor 2310 in the network device 2300 is configured to read related instructions in the memory 2330 to perform the following operations:
  • the transceiver 2320 is used to send PPDUs to the STA.
  • the bandwidth used to send PPDUs is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes the first sub-bandwidth and the second sub-bandwidth, the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, and the second sub-bandwidth carries the EHT-SIG's The second content channel,
  • the first content channel and the second content channel meet at least one of the following:
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry user fields, the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel and the first i-1 information bit field of the second content channel Same, i and j are both positive integers, i ⁇ j; or
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a field indicating resource unit allocation and a user field
  • the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel and the first i information bit of the second content channel -1 information bits have the same field
  • i and j are both positive integers, i ⁇ j; or
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a user field
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit in the second content channel carry a padding field, where i and j are both Positive integer, i ⁇ j; or
  • the first content channel includes a first user subfield
  • the second content channel includes a second user subfield
  • the user field of the first user includes a first user subfield and a second user subfield
  • the user field of the first content channel is the same as the user field of the second content channel.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a site according to an embodiment of the application. Please refer to FIG. 24, which schematically provides a possible basic hardware architecture of the site of the present application.
  • the station 2400 includes at least a processor 2410 and a transceiver 2420.
  • the processor 2410 is coupled with the memory 2430, and the processor 2410, the transceiver 2420, and the memory 2430 are connected to each other through a bus 2440, where:
  • the processor 2410 may be a central processing unit (CPU), or a combination of a CPU and a hardware chip.
  • the above-mentioned hardware chip may be an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD) or a combination thereof.
  • the above-mentioned PLD may be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a generic array logic (GAL) or any combination thereof.
  • the transceiver 2420 may include a receiver and a transmitter, for example, a radio frequency module.
  • the processor 2410 described below receives or sends a message, which can be specifically understood as the processor 2410 receiving or sending through the transceiver.
  • the memory 2430 may be a memory of the site 2400 or an external memory connected to the processor 2410.
  • the memory 2430 may be a physically independent unit, or may be integrated with the processor 2410.
  • the memory 2430 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), or erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EPROM, or flash memory). Flash memory) or cache (cache).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • flash memory Flash memory
  • cache cache
  • the processor 2310 and the transceiver 2320 in the station 2400 of this embodiment can be understood as the processing unit and the transceiver unit in the embodiment corresponding to any one of FIGS. 11-16.
  • the processor 2410 can read related instructions in the memory 2430 to implement part or all of the steps executed by the STA in any method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the relevant description and technical effects of the instructions executed by the processor of the site 2400 can be found in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
  • the processor 2410 in the STA2400 is used to read related instructions in the memory 2430 to perform the following operations:
  • the first PPDU is decoded, and the decoded first PPDU includes the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG.
  • the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG meet at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the first U-SIG and the first EHT-SIG includes an identification indication field, and the identification indication field is used to indicate a unique site identification; or
  • the first U-SIG or the first EHT-SIG includes a field indicating the PPDU format, and the occupied information bit of the field indicating the PPDU format is greater than 1 information bit; or
  • the first demodulation indication field includes a field indicating spatial multiplexing.
  • the processor 2410 in the STA2400 is configured to read related instructions in the memory 2430 to perform the following operations:
  • the transceiver 1320 is used to receive the PPDU sent by the network device.
  • the bandwidth used to receive the PPDU is greater than 20Mhz; the bandwidth includes a first sub-bandwidth and a second sub-bandwidth, the first sub-bandwidth carries the first content channel of the EHT-SIG of the PPDU, the The second sub-bandwidth carries the second content channel of the EHT-SIG,
  • the first content channel and the second content channel meet at least one of the following:
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a user field, and the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel is the same as the first i-th information bit field of the second content channel.
  • the fields of one information bit are the same, i and j are both positive integers, i ⁇ j; or
  • the i-th information bit to the j-th information bit of the first content channel carry a field indicating resource unit allocation and a user field, and the first i-1 information bit field of the first content channel is the same as the
  • the fields of the first i-1 information bits of the two content channels are the same, i and j are both positive integers, i ⁇ j; or
  • the i th information bit to the j th information bit of the first content channel carry a user field
  • the i th information bit to the j th information bit in the second content channel carry a padding field, where i , J are all positive integers, i ⁇ j; or
  • the first content channel includes a first user subfield
  • the second content channel includes the second user subfield
  • the user field of the first user includes the first user subfield and the second user subfield ;
  • the user field of the first content channel is the same as the user field of the second content channel.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 2500, including: an input circuit 2501, an output circuit 2502, and a processing circuit 2503.
  • the processing circuit 2503 is configured to receive signals through the input circuit 2501 and transmit signals through the output circuit 2502 to implement part or all of the steps of any method that can be executed by the network device or the STA in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the above-mentioned communication device may be a chip
  • the input circuit may be an input pin
  • the output circuit may be an output pin
  • the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver
  • the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter
  • the circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. This application does not limit the specific implementation of the processor and various circuits.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when it runs on a computer, enables the computer to execute the Part or all of the steps of any method executed by the network device or STA.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product including instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer device, the computer device is caused to execute part or part of any method that can be executed by the network device or the STA. All steps.
  • the network device in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 is an access point (access point, AP), and the access point may be an access point for a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) to enter a wired (or wireless) network. Deployed in homes, buildings, and campuses, with a typical coverage radius of tens of meters to hundreds of meters. Of course, it can also be deployed outdoors.
  • the access point is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. The main function is to connect each wireless network client together, and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet.
  • the access point may be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a router) with a wireless fidelity (WiFi) chip.
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • the access point can be a device that supports the 802.11be standard.
  • the access point may also be a device supporting multiple wireless local area networks (WLAN) standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11be, 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • the access point in this application can be a high-efficiency (HE) AP or an extremely high throughput (EHT) AP, or it can be an access point that is applicable to a future generation of WiFi standards.
  • HE high-efficiency
  • EHT extremely high throughput
  • the network device in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 is a non-access point station (none access point station, non-AP STA).
  • the site can be a wireless communication chip, a wireless sensor, or a wireless communication terminal, etc., and can also be referred to as a user.
  • the site can be a mobile phone that supports WiFi communication function, a tablet computer that supports WiFi communication function, a set-top box that supports WiFi communication function, a smart TV that supports WiFi communication function, a smart wearable device that supports WiFi communication function, and WiFi communication function is supported.
  • the station can support the 802.11be standard.
  • the site can also support multiple wireless local area networks (WLAN) standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11be, 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • the site in this application can be a high-efficiency (HE) STA or an extremely high throughput (EHT) STA, or a STA that is applicable to a future generation of WiFi standards.
  • HE high-efficiency
  • EHT extremely high throughput
  • Access points and sites can also be devices used in the Internet of Vehicles, Internet of Things (IoT) nodes, sensors, etc., smart cameras, smart remote controls, smart water meters and electricity meters in smart homes, and Sensors in smart cities, etc.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • Access points and sites can also be communication servers, switches, bridges, and computers.
  • the technical solution provided in this application is suitable for data communication between an AP and one or more STAs, and is also suitable for communication between AP and AP, and communication between STA and STA.
  • the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
  • the modules in the device of the embodiment of the present application may be combined, divided, and deleted according to actual needs.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Communication Control (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种数据传输方法及相关装置。该方法包括网络设备生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU，第一PPDU包括第一通用-信令字段U-SIG和第一极高吞吐率-信令字段EHT-SIG，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点；网络设备向站点发送编码后的第一PPDU。这样可节约指示开销，且第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG能携带更多信息。本申请实施例可以应用于支持IEEE 802.11下一代WiFi EHT协议，即802.11be等802.11协议的无线局域网系统。

Description

数据传输方法及相关装置
本申请要求于2020年03月12日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010172792.6、申请名称为“数据传输方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线局域网络技术领域，尤其涉及一种数据传输方法及相关装置。
背景技术
相关技术中，在网络设备进行单用户(Single User，SU)传输的场景下，网络设备向站点(station，STA)发送的物理层协议数据单元(Physical Protocol Data Unit，PPDU)包括传统前导码，高效-信令字段-A(High Efficient SIG A，HE-SIG-A)和数据。在网络设备进行多用户(Multiple User，MU)传输的场景下，网络设备向站点(station，STA)发送的物理层协议数据单元(Physical Protocol Data Unit，PPDU)，所述PPDU包括传统前导码、HE-SIG-A、HE-SIG-B和数据。其中，HE-SIG-A和HE-SIG-B用于指示解调后续数据字段需要的信令信息。可以看出仅在MU传输的场景下，网络设备发送的PPDU中包含HE-SIG-B。这就导致STA在SU传输场景下接收PPDU和在MU传输场景下接收PPDU，需要采用两套差异较大的接收策略。而且，HE-SIG-A的比特数有限，导致在SU场景下，HE-SIG-A中携带的信息受限。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输方法及相关装置，能够使得PPDU中的信令字段携带更多的信息。
第一方面，本申请实施方式提供一种数据传输方法，包括：
网络设备生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU，第一PPDU包括第一通用-信令字段U-SIG和第一极高吞吐率-信令字段EHT-SIG，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；
网络设备向站点发送编码后的第一PPDU。
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG符合以下至少一项：
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点；例如，标识指示字段用于唯一标识所述网络设备所在基本服务集合(Basic Service Set，BSS)的一个站点；或
第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特；或
第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
如此，本申请实施方式的技术方案，不仅能够保证第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于78信息比特，节约指示开销，而且，在不增加指示开销的基础上，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG也能够满足携带更多信息的需求。
需要说明的是，本申请实施方式中的第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG的命名是根据802.11be确定的。本申请实施方式中的第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG也名称也可以替换为其 他标准版本相关SIG字段的名称。本申请实施方式中的第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG并不限于指与802.11be相关的SIG字段，本申请实施方式中的第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG可用于指任一标准版本相关的SIG字段。
具体地，在一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段为用于唯一标识网络设备所在基本服务集合的一个站点的关联标识(Association Identifier，AID)。这样编码后的第一PPDU中包含的标识指示字段，能够唯一指示一个STA。STA可以从第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG获知该编码后的第一PPDU是否是发给自己的，无需继续接收后续的前导码数据字段，降低站点的功耗。而且，即使第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG之后的数据字段没有正确接收，由于站点能够在第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG就确定了第一PPDU是发送给自己的，站点也可以基于后边的重传进行混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request，HARQ)合并接收。再有，第三方设备无需对正在传输的设备造成干扰即可获得第一PPDU的发送方和接收方，有助于第三方设备进行调度。
在另一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括的指示PPDU格式的字段占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。这样相比较于指示PPDU的格式仅占一个信息比特的方案，本申请实施方式的指示PPDU格式的字段大于1信息比特，那么指示PPDU的格式的字段能够携带更多的信息，从而能够支持更多功能。
指示PPDU的格式的字段可用于指示PPDU的格式，和指示传输方式为SU或MU传输。这样，站点能够在接收前N-1个信息比特的U-SIG时，就确定是SU传输还是MU传输，从而能够采用相应的接收策略。
例如，指示PPDU format的字段还可包括指示传输场景是SU、MU且非正交频分多址(MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple，MU non-OFDMA)的信息、或者MU OFDMA的信息，也还可以包括指示基于触发帧(trigger based，TB)的信息，还可以包括指示是否打孔的信息。
在又一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示空间复用的字段，这样能够支持空间复用的功能。
可选的，指示空间复用的字段的长度为2信息比特。该指示空间复用的字段可用于指示以下四个条目中的任意一个条目，禁止基于参数的空间复用(Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW，PSR_DISALLOW)的条目，禁止空间复用传输(SR_RESTRICTED)的条目，延迟空间复用传输的条目(SR_DELAY)，禁止PSR同非SR组(Group)的重叠基本服务集合(Overlapping Basic Service Set，OBSS)-数据包识别(Packet Detection)的条目。用于站点实现空间复用的相应功能。
在某些实施方式中，编码前的第二PPDU的第二U-SIG的长度与第一U-SIG的信息比特数相等，且第一U-SIG的信息比特数与第二U-SIG的信息比特数均小于或等于52个信息比特，第一PPDU是网络设备在进行单用户传输时，网络设备向一个站点发送的，第二PPDU是网络设在进行多用户传输时，网络设备向多个站点发送的。如此，网络设备在SU场景下，向站点发送的第一PPDU中的第一U-SIG的信息比特数，和网络设备在MU场景下发送的第二PPDU中的第二U-SIG的信息比特数是相等的，这样便于可以缩小站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG的接收策略和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG的接收策略的差异，更加便于站点在不同的场景下接收U-SIG。
在某些实施方式中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段包括 第一指示子字段和第二指示子字段，第一U-SIG包括第一指示子字段，第一EHT-SIG包括第二指示子字段。这样充分利用第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的空余信息比特，避免因需要指示唯一一个站点标识，而导致增加第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数。
在某些实施方式中，第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，第一U-SIG字段的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型与第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型对应相同，N为大于1且小于35的正整数。这样，站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，前面一部分信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小站点在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于站点接收并解调PPDU。
在某些实施方式中，第一U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特和第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示物理层版本的字段，指示上行/下行的字段，指示基本服务集颜色的字段，指示传输机会的字段，指示带宽的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段，指示空时编码的字段，指示空间复用的字段，指示保护间隔与极高吞吐率-长训练序列尺寸的字段，指示低密度奇偶校验码以外的符号部分的字段，指示前向差错控制之前填充系数的字段，指示数据分组扩展歧义的字段，指示前导码打孔的字段。
在某些实施方式中，编码前的第二PPDU的第二EHT-SIG包括指示站点标识的字段，第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段的字段类型与第二EHT-SIG在指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型相同。这样，站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，在指示站点标识之后的字段之后的信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小站点在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于站点接收并解调PPDU。
在某些实施方式中，第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段与第二EHT-SIG在指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示空时流数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示波束成形的字段，指示波束改变的字段，指示编码与调制策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示编码的字段。
在某些实施方式中，第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，第二U-SIG自第N个信息比特之后的字段和第二EHT-SIG在用于指示站点标识的字段之前的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示EHT-SIG的符号数或多用户多输入多输出的用户数的字段，指示EHT-SIG的调制编码策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示极高吞吐率-长训练序列EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示资源单元分配的字段，指示前导码打孔指示的字段，指示中间26-子载波资源单元(Center 26-tone Resource Allocation，Center 26-tone RU)的字段。
在某些实施方式中，指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
这样，通过上述方式节省信息比特，能够使得第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG能够承载更多的信息。
第二方面，本申请实施方式提供一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备生成PPDU；和网络设备向站点发送PPDU；其中，PPDU包括EHT-SIG，EHT-SIG包括指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段；指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。这样，通过字符串所属的字符串组指示多普勒和中间前导码周期，而字符串本身的值指示EHT-LTF的符号数，从而可以节省用于指示多普勒和中间前导码周期的信息比特。
第三方面，本申请实施方式提供一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备生成PPDU；网络设备向站点发送PPDU，用于发送PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同；或第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同；其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段可理解为U-SIG溢出的字段，这样在第一内容信道和第二内容信道复制传输U-SIG溢出的字段，能够增加站点正确接收的概率。
第四方面，本申请实施方式提供一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备生成PPDU；网络设备向站点发送PPDU，用于发送PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道；第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。这样，第一内容信道和第二内容信道长度是相同的，便于站点接收第一内容信道和第二内容信道。而且，站点可以不读取该部分填充字段，从而能够简化站点的读取过程。
第五方面，本申请实施方式提供一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备生成PPDU；网络设备向站点发送PPDU，用于发送PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道；第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，第二内容信道包括第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括第一用户子字段和第二用户子字段。也即是说，在该实施方式中，同一个用户的用户字段，一部分在第一内容信道中传输，另一部分在第二内容信道中传输。这样，能够增加用于传输用户字段的信息比特数，从而能够传输更多的信息。
第六方面，本申请实施方式提供一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备生成PPDU；网络 设备向站点发送PPDU，用于发送PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道；第一内容信道的用户字段与第二内容信道的用户字段相同。这样，用户字段在第一内容信道和第二内容信道上复制传输，这样能够增加站点正确接收的概率，增加可靠性。
第七方面，本申请实施方式提供一种数据传输方法，包括：
站点接收网络设备发送的第一PPDU；
所述站点解码所述第一PPDU，得到解码后的第一PPDU，所述解码后的第一PPDU包括第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG，所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG符合以下至少一项：
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点；例如，标识指示字段用于唯一标识所述网络设备所在基本服务集合(Basic Service Set，BSS)的一个站点；或
第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特；或
第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
如此，本申请实施方式的技术方案，不仅能够保证第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于78信息比特，节约指示开销，而且，在不增加指示开销的基础上，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG也能够满足携带更多信息的需求，站点能够从第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG获得更多信息。
具体地，在一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段为用于唯一标识网络设备所在基本服务集合的一个站点的关联标识(Association Identifier，AID)。这样编码后的第一PPDU中包含的标识指示字段，能够唯一指示一个STA。STA可以从第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG获知该编码后的第一PPDU是否是发给自己的，无需继续接收后续的前导码数据字段，降低站点的功耗。而且，即使第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG之后的数据字段没有正确接收，由于站点能够在第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG就确定了第一PPDU是发送给自己的，站点也可以基于后边的重传进行混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request，HARQ)合并接收。再有，第三方设备无需对正在传输的设备造成干扰即可获得第一PPDU的发送方和接收方，有助于第三方设备进行调度。
在另一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括的指示PPDU格式的字段占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。这样相比较于指示PPDU的格式仅占一个信息比特的方案，本申请实施方式的指示PPDU格式的字段大于1信息比特，那么指示PPDU的格式的字段能够携带更多的信息，从而能够支持更多功能。
指示PPDU的格式的字段可用于指示PPDU的格式，和指示传输方式为SU或MU传输。这样，站点能够在接收前N-1个信息比特的U-SIG时，就确定是SU传输还是MU传输，从而能够采用相应的接收策略。
例如，指示PPDU format的字段还可包括指示传输场景是SU、MU且非正交频分多址(MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple，MU non-OFDMA)的信息、或者MU OFDMA的信息，也还可以包括指示基于触发帧(trigger based，TB)的信息，还可以包括指示是否打孔 的信息。
在又一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示空间复用的字段，这样能够支持空间复用的功能。
可选的，指示空间复用的字段的长度为2信息比特。该指示空间复用的字段可用于指示以下四个条目中的任意一个条目，禁止基于参数的空间复用(Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW，PSR_DISALLOW)的条目，禁止空间复用传输(SR_RESTRICTED)的条目，延迟空间复用传输的条目(SR_DELAY)，禁止PSR同非SR组(Group)的重叠基本服务集合(Overlapping Basic Service Set，OBSS)-数据包识别(Packet Detection)的条目。用于站点实现空间复用的相应功能。
在某些实施方式中，解码后的第二PPDU的第二U-SIG的长度与第一U-SIG的信息比特数相等，且第一U-SIG的信息比特数与第二U-SIG的信息比特数均小于或等于52个信息比特，第一PPDU是网络设备在进行单用户传输时，网络设备向一个站点发送的，第二PPDU是网络设在进行多用户传输时，网络设备向多个站点发送的。如此，网络设备在SU场景下，向站点发送的第一PPDU中的第一U-SIG的信息比特数，和网络设备在MU场景下发送的第二PPDU中的第二U-SIG的信息比特数是相等的，这样便于可以缩小站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG的接收策略和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG的接收策略的差异，更加便于站点在不同的场景下接收U-SIG。
在某些实施方式中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段包括第一指示子字段和第二指示子字段，第一U-SIG包括第一指示子字段，第一EHT-SIG包括第二指示子字段。这样充分利用第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的空余信息比特，避免因需要指示唯一一个站点标识，而导致增加第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数。
在某些实施方式中，第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，第一U-SIG字段的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型与第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型对应相同，N为大于1且小于35的正整数。这样，站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，前面一部分信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小站点在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于站点接收并解调PPDU。
在某些实施方式中，第一U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特和第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示物理层版本的字段，指示上行/下行的字段，指示基本服务集颜色的字段，指示传输机会的字段，指示带宽的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段，指示空时编码的字段，指示空间复用的字段，指示保护间隔与极高吞吐率-长训练序列尺寸的字段，指示低密度奇偶校验码以外的符号部分的字段，指示前向差错控制之前填充系数的字段，指示数据分组扩展歧义的字段，指示前导码打孔的字段。
在某些实施方式中，编码前的第二PPDU的第二EHT-SIG包括指示站点标识的字段，第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段的字段类型与第二EHT-SIG在指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型相同。这样，站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，在指示站点标识之后的字段之后的信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小站点在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于站点接收并解调PPDU。
在某些实施方式中，第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段与第二EHT-SIG在指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示空时流数、中间前导码 周期和多普勒的字段，指示波束成形的字段，指示波束改变的字段，指示编码与调制策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示编码的字段。
在某些实施方式中，第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，第二U-SIG自第N个信息比特之后的字段和第二EHT-SIG在用于指示站点标识的字段之前的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示EHT-SIG的符号数或多用户多输入多输出的用户数的字段，指示EHT-SIG的调制编码策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示极高吞吐率-长训练序列EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示资源单元分配的字段，指示前导码打孔指示的字段，指示中间26-子载波资源单元(Center 26-tone Resource Allocation，Center 26-tone RU)的字段。
在某些实施方式中，指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
这样，通过上述方式节省信息比特，能够使得第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG能够承载更多的信息，从而使得站点获得更多的信息。
第八方面，本申请实施发送还提供一种数据传输方法，包括：
站点接收网络设备发送的PPDU；
其中，PPDU包括EHT-SIG，EHT-SIG包括指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段；指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
这样，站点通过字符串所属的字符串组确定多普勒和中间前导码周期，根据字符串本身的值指示EHT-LTF的符号数，这样用于指示EHT-LTF的符号数、多普勒和中间前导码周期的字段的信息比特数减少，这样PPDU中够可以承载其他更多的信息，从而使得站点可以从PPDU中获得更多信息。
第九方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种数据传输方法，包括：站点接收网络设备方式的PPDU。用于接收PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，第一内容信道的前i-1个 信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同；或第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同；其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段可理解为U-SIG溢出的字段，这样在第一内容信道和第二内容信道复制传输U-SIG溢出的字段，能够增加站点正确接收的概率。
第十方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种数据传输方法，包括：站点接收网络设备方式的PPDU。用于接收PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。这样，第一内容信道和第二内容信道长度是相同的，便于站点接收第一内容信道和第二内容信道。而且，站点可以不读取该部分填充字段，从而能够简化站点的读取过程。
第十一方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种数据传输方法，包括：站点接收网络设备方式的PPDU。用于接收PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道；第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，第二内容信道包括第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括第一用户子字段和第二用户子字段。也即是说，在该实施方式中，同一个用户的用户字段，一部分在第一内容信道中传输，另一部分在第二内容信道中传输。这样，能够增加用于传输用户字段的信息比特数，从而能够传输更多的信息。
第十二方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种数据传输方法，包括：站点接收网络设备方式的PPDU。用于接收PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道；第一内容信道的用户字段与第二内容信道的用户字段相同。这样，用户字段在第一内容信道和第二内容信道上复制传输，这样能够增加站点正确接收的概率，增加可靠性。
第十三方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种网络设备，包括：
处理单元，用于生成第一PPDU；所述第一PPDU包括第一通用-信令字段U-SIG和第一极高吞吐率-信令字段EHT-SIG，所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；
收发单元，用于向站点发送编码后的第一PPDU。
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG符合以下至少一项：
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点；例如，标识指示字段用于唯一标识所述网络设备所在基本服务集合(Basic Service Set，BSS)的一个站点；或
第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特；或
第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
如此，本申请实施方式的技术方案，不仅能够保证第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于78信息比特，节约指示开销，而且，在不增加指示开销的基础上，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG也能够满足携带更多信息的需求。
在一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段为用于唯一标识网络设备所在基本服务集合的一个站点的关联标识(Association Identifier，AID)。这样编码后的第一PPDU中包含的标识指示字段，能够唯一指示一个STA。STA可以从第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG获知该编码后的第一PPDU是否是发给自己的，无需继续接收后续的前导码数据字段，降低站点的功耗。而且，即使第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG之后的数据字段没有正确接收，由于站点能够在第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG就确定了第一PPDU是发送给自己的，站点也可以基于后边的重传进行混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request，HARQ)合并接收。再有，第三方设备无需对正在传输的设备造成干扰即可获得第一PPDU的发送方和接收方，有助于第三方设备进行调度。
在另一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括的指示PPDU格式的字段占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。这样相比较于指示PPDU的格式仅占一个信息比特的方案，本申请实施方式的指示PPDU格式的字段大于1信息比特，那么指示PPDU的格式的字段能够携带更多的信息，从而能够支持更多功能。
指示PPDU的格式的字段可用于指示PPDU的格式，和指示传输方式为SU或MU传输。这样，站点能够在接收前N-1个信息比特的U-SIG时，就确定是SU传输还是MU传输，从而能够采用相应的接收策略。
例如，指示PPDU format的字段还可包括指示传输场景是SU、MU且非正交频分多址(MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple，MU non-OFDMA)的信息、或者MU OFDMA的信息，也还可以包括指示基于触发帧(trigger based，TB)的信息，还可以包括指示是否打孔的信息。
在又一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示空间复用的字段，这样能够支持空间复用的功能。
可选的，指示空间复用的字段的长度为2信息比特。该指示空间复用的字段可用于指示以下四个条目中的任意一个条目，禁止基于参数的空间复用(Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW，PSR_DISALLOW)的条目，禁止空间复用传输(SR_RESTRICTED)的条目，延迟空间复用传输的条目(SR_DELAY)，禁止PSR同非SR组(Group)的重叠基本服务集合(Overlapping Basic Service Set，OBSS)-数据包识别(Packet Detection)的条目。用于站点实现空间复用的相应功能。
在某些实施方式中，编码前的第二PPDU的第二U-SIG的长度与第一U-SIG的信息比特数相等，且第一U-SIG的信息比特数与第二U-SIG的信息比特数均小于或等于52个信息比特，第一PPDU是网络设备在进行单用户传输时，网络设备向一个站点发送的，第二PPDU是网络设在进行多用户传输时，网络设备向多个站点发送的。如此，网络设备在SU场景下，向站点发送的第一PPDU中的第一U-SIG的信息比特数，和网络设备在MU场景下发送的第二PPDU中的第二U-SIG的信息比特数是相等的，这样便于可以缩小站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG的接收策略和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG的接收策略的差异，更加便于站点在不同的场景下接收U-SIG。
在某些实施方式中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段包括第一指示子字段和第二指示子字段，第一U-SIG包括第一指示子字段，第一EHT-SIG包括第二指示子字段。这样充分利用第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的空余信息比特，避免因需要指示唯一一个站点标识，而导致增加第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数。
在某些实施方式中，第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，第一U-SIG字段的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型与第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型对应相同，N为大于1且小于35的正整数。这样，站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，前面一部分信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小站点在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于站点接收并解调PPDU。
在某些实施方式中，第一U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特和第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示物理层版本的字段，指示上行/下行的字段，指示基本服务集颜色的字段，指示传输机会的字段，指示带宽的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段，指示空时编码的字段，指示空间复用的字段，指示保护间隔与极高吞吐率-长训练序列尺寸的字段，指示低密度奇偶校验码以外的符号部分的字段，指示前向差错控制之前填充系数的字段，指示数据分组扩展歧义的字段，指示前导码打孔的字段。
在某些实施方式中，编码前的第二PPDU的第二EHT-SIG包括指示站点标识的字段，第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段的字段类型与第二EHT-SIG在指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型相同。这样，站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，在指示站点标识之后的字段之后的信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小站点在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于站点接收并解调PPDU。
在某些实施方式中，第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段与第二EHT-SIG在指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示空时流数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示波束成形的字段，指示波束改变的字段，指示编码与调制策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示编码的字段。
在某些实施方式中，第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，第二U-SIG自第N个信息比特之后的字段和第二EHT-SIG在用于指示站点标识的字段之前的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示EHT-SIG的符号数或多用户多输入多输出的用户数的字段，指示EHT-SIG的调制编码策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示极高吞吐率-长训练序列EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示资源单元分配的字段，指示前导码打孔指示的字段，指示中间26-子载波资源单元(Center 26-tone Resource Allocation，Center 26-tone RU)的字段。
在某些实施方式中，指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
这样，通过上述方式节省信息比特，能够使得第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG能够承载更多的信息。
第十四方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种网络设备，包括：
处理单元，用于生成PPDU；
收发单元，用于向站点发送PPDU；其中，PPDU包括EHT-SIG，EHT-SIG包括指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段；指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
这样，通过字符串所属的字符串组指示多普勒和中间前导码周期，而字符串本身的值指示EHT-LTF的符号数，从而可以节省用于指示多普勒和中间前导码周期的信息比特。
第十五方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种网络设备，包括：
处理单元，用于生成PPDU；
收发单元，用于向站点发送所述PPDU，用于发送所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。
第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段可理解为U-SIG溢出的字段，这样在第一内容信道和第二内容信道复制传输U-SIG溢出的字段，能够增加站点正确接收的概率。
第十六方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种网络设备，包括：
处理单元，用于生成PPDU；
收发单元，用于向站点发送所述PPDU，用于发送所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。
这样，第一内容信道和第二内容信道长度是相同的，便于站点接收第一内容信道和第二内容信道。而且，站点可以不读取该部分填充字段，从而能够简化站点的读取过程。
第十七方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种网络设备，包括：
处理单元，用于生成PPDU；
收发单元，用于向站点发送所述PPDU，用于发送所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
所述第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，所述第二内容信道包括所述第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括所述第一用户子字段和所述第二用户子字段。
也即是说，在该实施方式中，同一个用户的用户字段，一部分在第一内容信道中传输，另一部分在第二内容信道中传输。这样，能够增加用于传输用户字段的信息比特数，从而能够传输更多的信息。
第十八方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种网络设备，包括：
处理单元，用于生成PPDU；
收发单元，用于向站点发送所述PPDU，用于发送所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，所述第一内容信道的用户字段与所述第二内容信道的用户字段相同。
这样，用户字段在第一内容信道和第二内容信道上复制传输，这样能够增加站点正确接收的概率，增加可靠性。
第十九方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种站点，包括：
收发单元，用于接收网络设备发送的第一PPDU；
处理单元，用于解码所述第一PPDU，得到解码后的第一PPDU，所述解码后的第一PPDU包括第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG，所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG符合以下至少一项：
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点；例如，标识指示字段用于唯一标识所述网络设备所在基本服务集合(Basic Service Set，BSS)的一个站点；或
第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特；或
第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
如此，本申请实施方式的技术方案，不仅能够保证第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于78信息比特，节约指示开销，而且，在不增加指示开销的基础上，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG也能够满足携带更多信息的需求，站点能够从第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG获得更多信息。
具体地，在一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段为用于唯一标识一个站点的关联标识(Association Identifier，AID)。这样编码后的第一PPDU中包含的标识指示字段，能够唯一指示一个STA。STA可以从第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG获知该编码后的第一PPDU是否是发给自己的，无需继续接收后续的前导码数据字段，降低站点的功耗。而且，即使第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG之后的数据字段没有正确接收，由于站点能够在第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG就确定了第一PPDU是发送给自己的，站点也可以基于后边的重传进行混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request，HARQ)合并接收。再有，第三方设备无需对正在传输的设备造成干扰即可获得第一PPDU的发送方和接收方，有助于第三方设备进行调度。
在另一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括的指示PPDU格式的字段占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。这样相比较于指示PPDU的格式仅占一个信息比特的方案，本申请实施方式的指示PPDU格式的字段大于1信息比特，那么指示PPDU的格式的字段能 够携带更多的信息，从而能够支持更多功能。
指示PPDU的格式的字段可用于指示PPDU的格式，和指示传输方式为SU或MU传输。这样，站点能够在接收前N-1个信息比特的U-SIG时，就确定是SU传输还是MU传输，从而能够采用相应的接收策略。
例如，指示PPDU format的字段还可包括指示传输场景是SU、MU且非正交频分多址(MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple，MU non-OFDMA)的信息、或者MU OFDMA的信息，也还可以包括指示基于触发帧(trigger based，TB)的信息，还可以包括指示是否打孔的信息。
在又一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示空间复用的字段，这样能够支持空间复用的功能。
可选的，指示空间复用的字段的长度为2信息比特。该指示空间复用的字段可用于指示以下四个条目中的任意一个条目，禁止基于参数的空间复用(Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW，PSR_DISALLOW)的条目，禁止空间复用传输(SR_RESTRICTED)的条目，延迟空间复用传输的条目(SR_DELAY)，禁止PSR同非SR组(Group)的重叠基本服务集合(Overlapping Basic Service Set，OBSS)-数据包识别(Packet Detection)的条目。用于站点实现空间复用的相应功能。
在某些实施方式中，解码后的第二PPDU的第二U-SIG的长度与第一U-SIG的信息比特数相等，且第一U-SIG的信息比特数与第二U-SIG的信息比特数均小于或等于52个信息比特，第一PPDU是网络设备在进行单用户传输时，网络设备向一个站点发送的，第二PPDU是网络设在进行多用户传输时，网络设备向多个站点发送的。如此，网络设备在SU场景下，向站点发送的第一PPDU中的第一U-SIG的信息比特数，和网络设备在MU场景下发送的第二PPDU中的第二U-SIG的信息比特数是相等的，这样便于可以缩小站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG的接收策略和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG的接收策略的差异，更加便于站点在不同的场景下接收U-SIG。
在某些实施方式中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段包括第一指示子字段和第二指示子字段，第一U-SIG包括第一指示子字段，第一EHT-SIG包括第二指示子字段。这样充分利用第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的空余信息比特，避免因需要指示唯一一个站点标识，而导致增加第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数。
在某些实施方式中，第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，第一U-SIG字段的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型与第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型对应相同，N为大于1且小于35的正整数。这样，站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，前面一部分信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小站点在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于站点接收并解调PPDU。
在某些实施方式中，第一U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特和第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示物理层版本的字段，指示上行/下行的字段，指示基本服务集颜色的字段，指示传输机会的字段，指示带宽的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段，指示空时编码的字段，指示空间复用的字段，指示保护间隔与极高吞吐率-长训练序列尺寸的字段，指示低密度奇偶校验码以外的符号部分的字段，指示前向差错控制之前填充系数的字段，指示数据分组扩展歧义的字段，指示前导码打孔的字段。
在某些实施方式中，编码前的第二PPDU的第二EHT-SIG包括指示站点标识的字段，第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段的字段类型与第二EHT-SIG在指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型相同。这样，站点在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，在指示站点标识之后的字段之后的信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小站点在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于站点接收并解调PPDU。
在某些实施方式中，第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段与第二EHT-SIG在指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示空时流数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示波束成形的字段，指示波束改变的字段，指示编码与调制策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示编码的字段。
在某些实施方式中，第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，第二U-SIG自第N个信息比特之后的字段和第二EHT-SIG在用于指示站点标识的字段之前的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示EHT-SIG的符号数或多用户多输入多输出的用户数的字段，指示EHT-SIG的调制编码策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示极高吞吐率-长训练序列EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示资源单元分配的字段，指示前导码打孔指示的字段，指示中间26-子载波资源单元(Center 26-tone Resource Allocation，Center 26-tone RU)的字段。
在某些实施方式中，指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
这样，通过上述方式节省信息比特，能够使得第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG能够承载更多的信息，从而使得站点获得更多的信息。
第二十方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种站点，包括处理单元和接收单元：
收发单元用于接收网络设备发送的PPDU；
其中，PPDU包括EHT-SIG，EHT-SIG包括指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段；指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
这样，站点通过字符串所属的字符串组确定多普勒和中间前导码周期，根据字符串本身 的值指示EHT-LTF的符号数，这样用于指示EHT-LTF的符号数、多普勒和中间前导码周期的字段的信息比特数减少，这样PPDU中够可以承载其他更多的信息，从而使得站点可以从PPDU中获得更多信息。
第二十一方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种站点，包括处理单元和接收单元：
收发单元用于接收网络设备发送的PPDU，用于接收所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。
第二十二方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种站点，包括处理单元和接收单元：
收发单元用于接收网络设备发送的PPDU，用于接收所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。
第二十三方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种站点，包括处理单元和接收单元：
收发单元用于接收网络设备发送的PPDU，用于接收所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
所述第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，所述第二内容信道包括所述第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括所述第一用户子字段和所述第二用户子字段。
第二十四方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种站点，包括处理单元和接收单元：
收发单元用于接收网络设备发送的PPDU，用于接收所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
所述第一内容信道的用户字段与所述第二内容信道的用户字段相同。
第二十五方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种网络设备，包括处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合，当所述处理器执行所述存储器中的计算机程序或指令时，使得上述第一方面的任一实施方式的方法被执行，或使得上述第二方面至第六方面任一方面方法被执行。
第二十六方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种站点，包括处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合，当所述处理器执行所述存储器中的计算机程序或指令时，使得上述第七方面的任一实施方式的方法被执行，或使得上述第八方面至第十二方面任一方面方法被执行。
第二十七方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，所述计算机指令指示网络设备执行上述第一方面的任一实施方式的方法，或所述计算机指令指示网络设备执行上述第二方面至第六方面任一方面方法，或所述计算机指令指示站点执行第七方面的任一实施方式的方法，或所述计算机指令指示站点执行上述第八方面至第十二方面任一方面方法。
第二十八方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面的任一实施方式的方法，或使得所述计算机执行上述第二方面至第六方面任一方面方法，或使得所述计算机执行第七方面的任一实施方式的方法，或使得计算机执行上述第八方面至第十二方面任一方面方法。
第二十九方面，本申请实施方式还提供一种通信设备，包括：输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。处理电路用于通过输入电路接收信号，并通过输出电路发射信号，实现本申请实施例中可由网络设备或站点执行的任意一种方法的部分或全部步骤。
在具体实现过程中，上述通信设备可以为芯片，输入电路可以为输入管脚，输出电路可以为输出管脚，处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的，输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的，且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路，该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例涉及的通信系统的网络架构示意图；
图2为本申请实施例涉及的另一通信系统的网络架构示意图；
图3为本申请实施例的数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图4A为本申请实施例的第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的结构示意图；
图4B为本申请实施例的第二U-SIG和第二EHT-SIG的结构示意图；
图5为本申请另一实施例的数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图6为本申请又一实施例的数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图7为本申请实施例的CC1和CC2的结构示意图；
图8为本申请另一实施例的CC1和CC2的结构示意图；
图9为本申请又一实施例的CC1和CC2的结构示意图；
图10为本申请再一实施例的CC1和CC2的结构示意图；
图11为本申请实施例的网络设备的模块示意图；
图12为本申请另一实施例的网络设备的结构示意图；
图13为本申请另一实施例的网络设备的结构示意图；
图14为本申请另一实施例的网络设备的结构示意图；
图15为本申请另一实施例的网络设备的结构示意图；
图16为本申请另一实施例的网络设备的结构示意图；
图17为本申请实施例的站点的结构示意图；
图18为本申请实施例的站点的结构示意图；
图19为本申请实施例的站点的结构示意图；
图20为本申请实施例的站点的结构示意图；
图21为本申请实施例的站点的结构示意图；
图22为本申请实施例的站点的结构示意图；
图23为本申请实施例的网络设备的结构示意图；
图24为本申请实施例的站点的结构示意图；
图25为本申请实施例的通信设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施方式中的本申请实施方式中的第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG的命名是根据802.11be确定的。本申请实施方式中的第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG也名称也可以替换为其他标准版本相关SIG字段的名称。本申请实施方式中的第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG并不限于指与802.11be相关的SIG字段，本申请实施方式中的第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG可用于指任一标准版本相关的SIG字段。
图1为SU传输场景下通信系统的网络架构示意图。该通信系统100包括网络设备110和一个STA120。
网络设备110向一个STA120发送PPDU。STA120接收PPDU，并根据PPDU中的U-SIG和EHT-SIG，解调PPDU中的数据。
图2为MU传输场景下通信系统的网络架构示意图。该通信系统200包括网络设备210和多个STA220。网络设备210向多个STA220发送PPDU，STA接收PPDU，并根据PPDU中的U-SIG和EHT-SIG，解调PPDU中的数据。
无论是SU传输还是MU传输，网络设备向站点发送的PPDU中都包含U-SIG和EHT-SIG。
STA是具有IEEE 802.11的媒介接入控制和物理层功能的逻辑实体，是接入点(Access Point)和非接入点站点(non-AP STA)的统称。
表1示出了一种常规的实现中，U-SIG包含的字段和每个字段的信息比特数。表2示出了一种常规的实现中，EHT-SIG包含的字段和每个字段的信息比特数。
Figure PCTCN2021080567-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021080567-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021080567-appb-000003
可以看出，上述常规的实现中，在SU传输和MU传输的场景下，U-SIG中包含的字段和每个字段的信息比特数是完全相同的。同样的，在SU传输和MU传输的场景下，中包含的字段和每个字段的信息比特数是完全相同的。
请参阅图3，图3为本申请实施例的数据传输方法的流程示意图。数据传输方法包括以下步骤：
S301、网络设备生成第一PPDU。
其中，第一PPDU包括第一通用-信令字段U-SIG和第一极高吞吐率-信令字段EHT-SIG，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特。
S302、网络设备向STA发送编码后的第一PPDU。
可以理解，步骤S301中，网络设备生成的PPDU为编码前的PPDU。第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG也是编码前也是未经过编码的。信息比特数是指编码前的比特数。编码前的第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特。当网络设备生成第一PPDU之后，可对PPDU进行编码之后，再向STA发送编码后的第一PPDU。
对第一PPDU编码之后，PPDU中各个字段的所占的比特数会发生变化。例如，若采用MCS0进行编码，MCS0为二进制相移键控(Binary Phase Shift Keying，BPSK)调制，1/2码率。编码后的第一PPDU中的第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的比特数之和为156个比特，共3个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，OFDM)符号。在其他调制方式和其他码率时，也可以描述为等价的符号个数。
S303、STA解码第一PPDU的解码后的第一PPDU，解码后的第一PPDU包括第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG。
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG符合以下至少一种：第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个STA；或第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括的指示PPDU格式的字段占用的信息比特大于1信息比特；或第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示空间复用的字段。
如此，相比于上述图2对应的常规的技术方案的在SU传输和MU传输的场景下，U-SIG 中包含的字段和每个字段的信息比特数完全相同，某些MU传输时所需要的字段，SU场景下并不需要所造成的开销浪费和不能充分利用传输资源而言，本申请实施例的技术方案，不仅能够保证第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于78信息比特，可以节约指示开销，而且在不增加指示开销的基础上，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG也能够满足携带更多信息的需求。
具体地，在一个例子中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个STA，具体的，标识指示字段具体为关联标识(Association Identifier，AID)，该AID可以唯一标识或指示一个站点。该一个站点为，网络设备所在基本服务集合(Basic Service Set，BSS)的一个站点。这样编码后的第一PPDU中包含用于指示唯一一个AID的标识指示字段，STA可以从第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG获知该编码后的第一PPDU是否是发给自己的，无需继续接收后续的前导码数据字段，降低STA的功耗。而且，即使第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG之后的数据字段没有正确接收，由于STA能够在第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG就确定了第一PPDU是发送给自己的，STA也可以基于后边的重传进行HARQ合并接收。再有，第三方设备无需对正在传输的设备造成干扰即可获得第一PPDU发送方和接收方，有助于第三方设备进行调度。
具体地，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段可理解为，第一U-SIG包括标识指示字段；或者第一EHT-SIG包括标识指示字段；或者第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG包括标识指示字段，且第一U-SIG包括标识指示字段的一部分，第一EHT-SIG包括标识指示字段的另一部分。
标识指示字段可用于指示唯一的一个AID。例如，网络设备在SU传输的场景下，向一个STA发送该第一PPDU时，标识指示字段能够唯一指示该一个STA。
具体地，该标识指示字段的信息比特数为11信息比特，这样该标识指示字段的信息比特位能够满足唯一标识一个STA的信息比特位要求。
在另一个例子中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括的指示PPDU格式的字段占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。这样相比较于指示PPDU的格式仅占一个信息比特的方案，本申请实施例的指示PPDU格式的字段大于1信息比特，那么指示PPDU的格式的字段能够携带更多的信息，从而能够支持更多功能。
例如，指示PPDU format的字段还可包括指示传输场景是SU、MU且非正交频分多址(MU non-orthogonal frequency division multiple，MU non-OFDMA)的信息、或者MU OFDMA的信息，也还可以包括指示基于触发帧(trigger based，TB)的信息，还可以包括指示是否打孔的信息。
进一步地，指示PPDU的格式的字段可用于指示PPDU的格式，和指示传输方式为SU或MU传输。这样，STA能够在接收前N-1个信息比特的U-SIG时，就确定是SU传输还是MU传输，从而能够采用相应的接收策略。
在又一个例子中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示空间复用的字段，这样能够支持空间复用的功能。
具体地，该指示空间复用的字段可用于指示以下四个条目中的任意一个条目：
禁止基于参数的空间复用(parameterized spatail reuse disallow，PSR_DISALLOW)的条目，禁止空间复用传输(SR_RESTRICTED)的条目，延迟空间复用传输的条目(SR_DELAY)，禁止PSR同非SR组(group)的重叠基本服务集合(overlapping basic service set，OBSS)- 数据包识别(Packet Detection)的条目。
可选地，第一EHT-SIG可以采用网络设备与STA约定的编码方式进行编码，例如，采用的编码与调制策略(modulation and coding scheme，MCS)为MSC0，不采用双载波调制(dual carrier modulation，DCM)。这样在第一U-SIG中，不包含指示EHT-SIG的MCS与DCM的字段，从而可以节省信息比特，将节省的信息比特用于承载其他重要的信息。该约定的编码方式例如可以是协议规定的编码方式。
在一些实施例中，编码前的第二PPDU的第二U-SIG的长度与第一U-SIG的信息比特数相等，且第一U-SIG的信息比特数与第二U-SIG的信息比特数均小于或等于52个信息比特，第一PPDU是网络设备在进行单用户传输时，网络设备向STA发送的，第二PPDU是网络设在进行多用户传输时，网络设备向多个STA发送的。
可见，网络设备在SU场景下，向STA发送的第一PPDU中的第一U-SIG的信息比特数，和网络设备在MU场景下发送的第二PPDU中的第二U-SIG的信息比特数是相等的，这样便于可以缩小STA在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG的接收策略和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG的接收策略的差异，更加便于STA在不同的场景下接收U-SIG。
而且，本申请实施例中，第一U-SIG的信息比特数与第二U-SIG的信息比特数均小于或等于52个信息比特。一个OFDM符号包含52个信息比特。第一U-SIG和第二U-SIG的信息比特数越少，编码后的第一U-SIG和编码后的第二U-SIG的信息比特数也越少。这样在编码后的PPDU中，U-SIG占用的OFDM符号也会减少，能够节省无线传输资源。
在某些实施例中，第一U-SIG和EHT-SIG包括标识指示字段。标识指示字段包括第一指示子字段和第二指示子字段，第一U-SIG包括第一指示子字段，第一EHT-SIG包括第二指示子字段。这样标识指示字段被分成两部分。第一U-SIG包括其中一部分，第一EHT-SIG包括另一部分。这样充分利用第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的空余比特，避免因需要指示唯一一个AID，而导致增加第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数。
在一些可选的实施例中，第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，第一U-SIG字段的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型与第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型对应相同，N为大于1且小于35的正整数。也即是说，第一U-SIG在第一指示子字段之前的字段，与第二U-SIG对应位置的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型是相同的。这样，STA在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，前面一部分信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小STA在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于STA接收PPDU。
在另一些可选的实施例中，编码前的第二PPDU的第二EHT-SIG包括指示AID的字段，第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段的字段类型与第二EHT-SIG在指示AID的字段之后的字段的字段类型相同。这样，STA在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，在指示AID之后的字段之后的信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小STA在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于STA接收PPDU。
需要说明的是，前述两个可选的实施例是可以结合的。例如，第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，第一U-SIG字段的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型与第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型对应相同，N为大于1且小于35的正整数。编码前的第二PPDU的第二EHT-SIG包括指示STA的字段，第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段的字段类型与第二EHT-SIG在指示STA的字段之后的字段的字段 类型相同。这样，STA在SU场景下接收第一U-SIG和在MU场景下接收第二U-SIG时，前面一部分信息比特和在指示STA之后的字段之后的信息比特的接收策略是一样的，从而有助于缩小STA在不同场景下，接收U-SIG的接收策略之前的差异，便于STA接收PPDU。该指示STA的字段例如可以是用于唯一标识一个STA的AID。
本申请的实施例中，网络设备发送的第一PPDU和第二PPDU均为编码后的PPDU。本申请实施例中提及的第一U-SIG、第二U-SIG、第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG均是编码前的PPDU中的字段。
具体地，第一U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特和第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示物理层版本(version identifier)的字段，指示上行/下行(uplink/downlink，UL/DL)的字段，指示基本服务集颜色(basic service set color，BSS color)的字段，指示传输机会(transmit opportunity，TXOP)的字段，指示带宽(bandwidth)的字段，指示PPDU格式(PPDU format)的字段，指示空时编码(space time block code，STBC)的字段，指示空间复用(spatial reuse)的字段，指示保护间隔(guard interval，GI)与极高吞吐率-长训练序列尺寸(EHT-LTF Size)的字段，指示低密度奇偶校验码以外的符号部分(LDPC extra symbol segment)的字段，指示前向差错控制之前填充系数(Pre-FEC Padding Factor)的字段，指示数据分组扩展歧义(packet extension disambiguity，PE disambiguity)的字段，或指示前导码打孔(preamble puncture)的字段。
具体地，指示UL/DL的字段用于指示是UL还是DL。指示version identifier的字段，具体用于指示该第一PPDU是哪一代的PPDU。指示BSS color的字段，具体用于指示网络设备所在BSS的颜色标识。指示bandwidth的字段，具体用于指示数据分组的带宽和前导码打孔信息。指示PPDU format的字段，具体用于指示PPDU的格式。指示STBC的字段，具体用于指示数据部分是否采用了空时块编码(space-time block code)。指示PE disambiguity的字段具体用于指示数据分组扩展是否存在歧义。
当指示PPDU format的字段大于1个信息比特时，指示PPDU format的字段还可包括指示传输场景是SU、MU non-OFDMA、或者MU OFDMA的信息，也还可以包括指示基于触发帧(trigger based，TB)的信息，还可以包括指示是否打孔(punctured)的信息。
指示PPDU format的字段可结合指示UL/DL的字段进行指示。指示UL/DL的字段指示为UL，指示PPDU format的字段可指示SU、MU non-OFDMA、或者MU OFDMA；指示UL/DL的字段指示为UL，指示PPDU format的字段可用于指示TB或空。
或者，UL/DL的字段指示为UL，指示PPDU format的字段指示传输场景为SU无打孔(SU non-punctured)、SU打孔(SU punctured)、MU non-OFDMA、或者MU OFDMA；指示UL/DL的字段指示为UL，指示PPDU format的字段可指示传输场景为SU non-punctured或SU punctured字符串，或指示TB。
例如，指示PPDU format的字段的信息比特为2信息比特。指示PPDU format的字段可包括1-4对应的二进制数值中的任一个。指示UL/DL的字段指示为DL，00指示输场景为SU，01指示传输场景为MU non-OFDMA，10指示传输场景为MU OFDMA，11可作为保留字符串。或者，指示UL/DL的字段指示为UL，00指示输场景为SU，01指示TB，10和11为保留字符串。
或者，指示UL/DL的字段指示为DL，00指示输场景为SU non-punctured，01指示传输场景为SU punctured，10指示传输场景为MU non-OFDMA，11指示传输场景为MU OFDMA。 或者，指示UL/DL的字段指示为UL，00指示输场景为SU non-punctured，01指示传输场景为SU punctured。10指示TB，11为保留字符串。
第一EHT-SIG的在第二指示子字段之后的字段与第二EHT-SIG在指示STA的字段之后的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示空时流数(number of spatial and time stream，NSTS)、中间前导码周期(midamble periodicity)和多普勒(doppler)的字段，指示波束成形(beamformed)的字段，指示波束改变(beam change)的字段，指示编码与调制策略(modulation and coding scheme，MCS)和是否采用双载波调制(Dual coding modulation，DCM)的字段，指示编码(coding)的字段。
具体地，指示NSTS、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段，用于结合midamble periodicity和doppler指示一个STA的空时流数。指示beamformed的字段，具体用于指示是否采用了波束成形。指示beam change的字段，具体用于指示该数据分组是否进行了波束改变。指示MCS和DCM的字段，用于指示STA的编码与调制策略，和指示数据部分是否采用了双载波调制。指示coding的字段，具体用于指示编码方式。
第二U-SIG自第N个信息比特之后的字段和第二EHT-SIG在用于指示STA的字段之前的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：指示EHT-SIG的符号数(number of EHT-LTF symbols)或多用户多输入多输出的用户数(MU-MIMO users)的字段，指示EHT-SIG的MCS和DCM的字段，指示极高吞吐率-长训练序列的符号数(number of EHT-LTF symbols)、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段，指示资源单元分配(resource unit allocation subfield，RU allocation subfield)的字段，指示preamble puncture的字段，指示中间26-子载波资源单元(Center 26-tone RU)的字段。
其中，指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段可以是分别包括指示number of EHT-LTF symbols的子字段、指示midamble periodicity的子字段和指示doppler的子字段，也可以由一个字段指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler。
具体地，指示number of EHT-LTF symbols或MU-MIMO users的字段，具体用于在EHT-SIG为压缩模式下，指示MU-MIMO的用户数；在EHT-SIG为非压缩模式下，指示EHT-SIG的符号数。指示EHT-SIG的MCS和DCM的字段，具体用于指示第二EHT-SIG的编码与调制策略，和第二EHT-SIG是否采用了双载波调制。指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段，具体用于指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和是否存在多普勒。
请参阅图4A，图4A为本申请实施例的第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的结构示意图。第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG包括通用字段和用户字段。请参阅图4B，图4B为本申请实施例的第二U-SIG和第二EHT-SIG的结构示意图。第二U-SIG和第二EHT-SIG包括通用字段、EHT MU传输专用字段和多组用户字段。其中，EHT MU传输专用字段可包括但不限于指示EHT-SIG符号数、MCS和DCM的字段、指示RU allocation subfield的字段。指示EHT-SIG符号数，MCS，DCM的字段可以是分别指示EHT-SIG符号数的字段、指示EHT-SIG的MCS的字段，指示EHT-SIG的DCM的字段。指示RU allocation subfield的字段是可选的。在OFDMA传输的场景下，第二U-SIG和第二EHT-SIG包括该指示RU allocation subfield的字段。
图4A中第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG包括的通用字段，与图4B中第二U-SIG和第二EHT-SIG包括的通用字段所包含的字段类型和信息比特数是对应相同的。该通用字段可为第 一U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段或第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段。
具体地，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG包括的通用字段可包括：指示version identifier的字段，指示UL/DL的字段，指示BSS Color的字段，指示TXOP的字段，指示Bandwidth的字段，指示PPDU format的字段，指示STBC的字段，指示spatial reuse的字段，指示GI与EHT-LTF Size的字段，指示LDPC Extra Symbol Segment的字段，指示Pre-FEC Padding Factor的字段，指示PE disambiguity的字段。
图4A中第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG包括的用户字段，与图4B中第二U-SIG和第二EHT-SIG包括的每组用户字段所包含的字段类型是相同的。
具体地，图4A中的用户字段包括第一U-SIG中的第一指示子字段和第一EHT-SIG中的第二指示子字段、指示NSTS、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段，指示beamformed的字段，指示beam change的字段，指示MCS和DCM的字段，指示coding的字段。
图4B中的用户字段包括指示STA的字段、指示NSTS、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段，指示beamformed的字段，指示beam change的字段，指示MCS和DCM的字段，指示coding的字段。
由此可见，本申请实施例中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG，与第二U-SIG和第二EHT-SIG的差异主要在于第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG不包含EHT MU传输专用字段，这部分字段在SU场景传输下并不需要，那么本申请实施例的第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG结构更合理。
那么，省去了这部分SU场景传输下并不需要的字段，则第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG可以包括其他更有用的信息，从而能够在SU传输的场景下，充分利用传输资源。
而且，本申请中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG，与第二U-SIG和第二EHT-SIG的格式也是部分相同的，这样也能较好地控制STA在SU传输场景下接收第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的接收策略，与在MU传输的场景下接收第二U-SIG和第二EHT-SIG的接收策略之间的差异。
在一个具体的例子中，第一U-SIG和第二U-SIG包含的字段可参表3和表4。表3中示出了第一U-SIG和第二U-SIG的前26个信息比特的包含的字段及每个字段占用的信息比特数。表4中示出了第一U-SIG和第二U-SIG的第27个信息比特至第52个信息比特的字段及每个字段占用的信息比特数。
Figure PCTCN2021080567-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021080567-appb-000005
如表3和表4所示，第一U-SIG的和第二U-SIG的前34个信息比特(表3中的B0-B25至表4中的B0-B7)的内容是相同的。第1个信息比特对应B0，第2个信息比特对应B1，以此类推，第8个信息比特，对应B7。第一U-SIG的和第二U-SIG的第二符号的前8个信息比特，对应第一U-SIG的和第二U-SIG的第二个符号的B0-B7。
第一U-SIG的和第二U-SIG的前34个信息比特包括以下字段：指示version identifier的字段、指示DL/UL的字段，指示BSS color的字段，指示TXOP的字段，指示Bandwidth的字段，指示PPDU format的字段，指示STBC的字段，指示spatial reuse的字段，指示GI与EHT-LTF size的字段，指示LDPC Extra Symbol Segment的字段，指示PE disambiguity的字段，指示Pre-FEC Padding Factor的字段。
其中，指示version identifier的字段的信息比特数为3信息比特，指示DL/UL的字段的信息比特数为1信息比特，指示BSS color的字段的信息比特为6信息比特，指示TXOP的 字段的信息比特为7信息比特，指示带宽字段的信息比特为6信息比特，指示PPDU format的字段的信息比特为2信息比特，指示STBC的信息比特为1信息比特，指示spatial reuse的字段的信息比特为2信息比特，指示GI与EHT-LTF size的字段的信息比特为2信息比特，指示LDPC extra symbol segment的字段的信息比特为1信息比特，指示PE disambiguity的字段的信息比特为1信息比特，指示pre-FEC padding factor的字段的信息比特为2信息比特。
第一U-SIG的和第二U-SIG的前34个信息比特这部分字段的排列顺序可按照表1中的顺序进行排列，也可以按照其他顺序进行排列，只需保持第一U-SIG和第二U-SIG在相对应的信息比特承载的字段的类型对应相同即可。
进一步地，第一U-SIG的第二个符号的第35个信息比特(表4中的B8)至第52个信息比特(表4中的B25)包括部分AID(partial AID)字段、指示循环冗余码(cyclic redundancy code，CRC)的字段和指示尾部比特(tail)的字段。指示CRC的字段用于信息的校验。指示tail的字段具体用于结束编码。
其中，partial AID字段的信息比特数为8信息比特，指示CRC的字段的信息比特为4信息比特，指示tail的字段的信息比特为6信息比特。其中，该partial AID字段可理解为上述实施例中的第一指示子字段。
第二U-SIG的第35个信息比特(表4中的B8)至第52个信息比特(表4中的B25)包括指示number of EHT-SIG symbols或MU-MIMO users的字段、指示EHT-SIG的MCS和DCM的字段、指示CRC的字段和指示tail的字段。其中，指示number of EHT-SIG symbols或MU-MIMO users的字段的信息比特数为5信息比特，指示EHT-SIG的MCS和DCM的字段的信息比特数为3信息比特，指示CRC的字段的信息比特数为4信息比特，指示tail的字段的信息比特为6信息比特。
第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG包含的字段可分别参阅表5和表6。
表5示出了第一EHT-SIG包含的字段和每个字段的信息比特数。
Figure PCTCN2021080567-appb-000006
如表5所示，第一EHT-SIG包括partial AID字段、指示NSTS和doppler的字段、指示MCS的字段、指示DCM的字段、指示beam change的字段、指示coding的字段、指示beamformed的字段、指示CRC的字段和指示tail的字段。其中，partial AID字段的信息比特数为3信息比特，指示NSTS和doppler的字段的信息比特数为5信息比特、指示MCS的字段的信息比特数为4信息比特、指示DCM的字段的信息比特数为1信息比特、指示beam  change的字段的信息比特数为1信息比特、指示coding的字段的信息比特数为1信息比特、指示beamformed的字段的信息比特数为1信息比特、指示CRC的字段的信息比特数为1信息比特和指示tail的字段的信息比特数为6信息比特。该第一EHT-SIG中的partial AID字段可理解为上述实施例中的第二指示子字段。
第一EHT-SIG中的partial AID字段、指示NSTS和doppler的字段、指示MCS的字段、指示DCM的字段、指示beam change的字段、指示coding的字段、指示beamformed的字段可统称为用户字段(user specific field)。
可以看出，在SU传输场景下，AID的一部分在第一U-SIG，AID的另一部分在第一EHT-SIG。该AID的一部分和该AID的一部分的信息比特数之和为11信息比特。STA能够接收第一U-SIG获得AID的一部分和接收第一EHT-SIG获得AID的另一部分，并根据该AID的一部分和该AID的另一部分，得到11信息比特的AID，从而能够确定该AID唯一标识的STA。
表6中示出了第二EHT-SIG中包括的字段和每个字段的信息比特数。
Figure PCTCN2021080567-appb-000007
如表6所示，第二EHT-SIG包括指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity 和doppler的字段、多组user specific field、指示CRC的字段和指示tail的字段，每组user specific field包括AID，指示NSTS和doppler的字段、指示MCS的字段、指示DCM的字段、指示beam change的字段、指示coding的字段、指示beamformed的字段、指示CRC的字段和指示tail的字段。每两组user specific field，对应一个指示CRC的字段和指示tail的字段。其中，指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段的信息比特数为4信息比特，AID的信息比特数为11信息比特，指示NSTS和doppler的字段、指示MCS的字段、指示DCM的字段、指示beam change的字段、指示coding的字段、指示beamformed的字段、指示CRC的字段和指示tail的字段的信息比特数，均与上述第一EHT-SIG中各字段的信息比特数对应相同。第二EHT-SIG中的AID可理解为上述实施例中指示STA的字段。
由此可见，在SU传输场景下和MU传输场景下，U-SIG和EHT-SIG的格式是部分相同的，这样能够便于STA接收U-SIG和EHT-SIG。而且，也包含了一些较重要的字段，例如spatial reuse的字段。而且，指示PPDU format的字段的信息比特为2信息比特，这样该字段能够承载更多的信息。再有AID的字段的信息比特数为11信息比特，这样能够唯一标识该网络设备所在的BSS的一个STA。
例如，在SU传输场景下，AID的一部分在第一U-SIG，AID的另一部分在第一EHT-SIG。该AID的一部分和该AID的一部分的信息比特数之和为11信息比特。STA能够接收第一U-SIG获得AID的一部分和接收第一EHT-SIG获得AID的另一部分，并根据该AID的一部分和该AID的另一部分，得到11信息比特的AID，从而能够确定该AID唯一标识的STA。
在MU传输的场景下，第二EHT-SIG中包括11信息比特的AID，则STA可接收第二EHT-SIG获得该AID，从而能够确定该AID唯一标识的STA。
在正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，OFDMA)传输的场景下，第二EHT-SIG可包括指示资源单元分配的字段(RU allocation subfield)的字段。在非OFDMA传输的场景下，第二EHT-SIG可包括指示preamble puncture的字段。
指示资源单元分配的字段包括一个或多个指示资源单元分配的子字段。具体地，每个STA对应一个指示资源单元分配的子字段，每个指示资源单元分配的子字段指示对应的STA的资源单元分配信息。指示资源单元分配的字段的信息比特数与网络设备发送第二PPDU的STA的数量n有关。例如，每个指示资源单元分配的子字段的信息比特数为m，则指示资源单元分配的字段的信息比特数为n*m。m例如可以是但不限于是8。
在用于传输PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz场景下，第二EHT-SIG还可包括指示Center 26-tone RU的字段，该字段的信息比特数为1-2信息比特。
指示RU allocation subfield或preamble puncture的字段，和指示Center 26-tone RU的字段可位于用户字段之前。
需要说明的是，本申请中，第一U-SIG中在标识指示字段之前字段不限于包括上述表3中第一U-SIG的第一个符号和表4中第二个符号的前8个信息比特的所有字段，也可以省去部分字段。同样的，第二U-SIG也不限于包括上述表3中第一U-SIG的第一个符号和表4中第二个符号的前8个信息比特的所有字段。每个字段的信息比特数，也不限于表3和表4所示的信息比特数。
本申请对第一U-SIG中在标识指示字段之前字段(前N-1个字段)的顺序，和第二U-SIG中前N-1个字段的顺序不做限定，只需保持第一U-SIG的前N-1个字段的字段类型与第二 U-SIG中前N-1个字段的字段类型对应相等。
本申请中，第一EHT-SIG在标识指示字段之后的字段不限于包括上述表4的第一EHT-SIG中在partial AID之后的所有字段，也可以省去部分字段。同样的，第二EHT-SIG也不限于包括上述表5中的所有用户字段，每组用户字段可以省去部分字段。
本申请对第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG的用户字段的排列顺序也不做限定。用户字段也不限于仅承载于第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG，也可以有部分用户字段承载在第一U-SIG和第二U-SIG中。
在一些实施例中，第一U-SIG、第一EHT-SIG、第二U-SIG和第二EHT-SIG中可减少一部分字段。例如可均不包含指示波束成形的字段、指示DCM的字段或指示coding的字段中的一种或多种，或者还可以减少指示AID的字段的信息比特数。这样节省出来的信息比特，用于承载其他信息。例如，可以增加指示空间复用的字段的信息比特数，或者增加指示前导码打孔的字段等。
在又一些实施例中，第一EHT-SIG中的部分字段放入第一U-SIG中，以实现在第一EHT-SIG中包括完整的标识指示字段，且保持第一U-SIG的信息比特数小于等于52信息比特，第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数小于等于26信息比特。这样在第一EHT-SIG中包括完整的标识指示字段，能够便于STA更好地接收标识指示字段。
在又一种实现方式，本申请实施例中适用于SU传输的第一PPDU，也可以只用于非前导码打孔情况下的SU传输。对于前导码打孔情况下的SU传输，可以采用本申请实施例中适用于MU传输的第二PPDU。
请参阅图5，图5为本申请另一实施例的数据传输方法的流程示意图。该数据传输方法包括以下步骤：
S501、网络设备生成PPDU；
PPDU包括EHT-SIG，该EHT-SIG中包括指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段。
具体地，该指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段的信息比特数为4信息比特。
该指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段可为以下几种情况中的任意一种。
指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串可为第一子字符串组中的任一字符串；或
指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串可为第二子字符串组中的任一字符串；或
指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串可为第三子字符串组中的任一字符串。
S502、网络设备向STA发送PPDU。
对应的，STA接收网络设备发送的PPDU。
如表7所示，表7中给出了一种可能的第一字符串组、第二字符串组、第三字符串组分别与number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的对应关系。
Figure PCTCN2021080567-appb-000008
如表6所示，第一字符串可组可包括0-8分别对应的二进制数值，每个二进制数值对应指示一个EHT-LTF的符号数。具体地，9个二进制数值0000、0001、0010、0011、0100、0101、0110、0111、1000依次分别指示number of EHT-LTF symbols为1、2、4、6、8、10、12、14或16。第一字符串组指示不存在doppler。那么第一字符串组中的任意一个字符串能够通过所属的第一字符串组指示不存在doppler。也即，9个二进制数值0000、0001、0010、0011、0100、0101、0110、0111、1000均能够指示不存在doppler。
第二字符串组可包括9-11分别对应的二进制数值，每个二进制数值对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。具体地，三个二进制数值1001、1010、1011分别指示number of EHT-LTF symbols为1、2、4。第二字符串组指示存在doppler，且midamble periodcity为periodcity 1。则第二字符串组中的每个字符串都能够通过所属的第二字符串组指示存在doppler，且midamble periodcity为第一周期。也即，三个二进制数值1001、1010、1011均能够指示存在doppler，且midamble periodcity为第一周期。
第三字符串组可包括12-14分别对应的二进制数值，每个二进制数值对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。具体地，三个二进制数值1100、1101、1110分别指示number of EHT-LTF symbols为1、2、4。第三字符串组指示存在doppler，且midamble periodcity为periodcity 2。则第三字符串组中的每个字符串都能够通过所属的第三字符串组指示存在doppler，且midamble periodcity为第二周期。也即，三个二进制数值1100、1101、1110均能够指示存在doppler，且midamble periodcity为第一周期。
其中，periodcity 1和periodcity 2为不同的周期。在一个可能的实施例中，periodcity 1为10，periodcity 2为20。
4个信息比特位能够承载的二进制数值还包括1111。1111可以保留用于指示其他信息。这样的指示方式不仅能够节省信息比特数，也提供了一定的可扩展性。
这样，通过字符串所属的字符串组指示doppler和midamble periodcity，而字符串本身的值指示number of EHT-LTF symbols，相对于利用信息比特数为1信息比特的字段指示doppler，利用信息比特数为4信息比特的字段指示与number of EHT-LTF symbols和midamble periodcity的方案而言，可以省去用于指示doppler的字段，从而减少指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段的信息比特数。
需要说明的是，上述图5对应的数据传输方法的实施例能够与图3对应的数据传输方法的实施例结合。
具体地，在图3对应的数据传输方法的实施例的基础上，第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG中指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodcity和doppler的字段，都可以采用上述图5对应的数据传输方法的实施例中，指示EHT-LTF的符号数、midamble periodcity和doppler的字段的指示方式。
具体地，第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG中指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodcity和doppler的字段的信息比特数为4信息比特。该指示EHT-LTF的符号数、midamble periodcity和doppler的字段可为以下几种情况中的任意一种。
指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodcity和doppler的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在doppler，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串可为第一子字符串组中的任一字符串；或
指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodcity和doppler的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在doppler，且midamble periodcity为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串可为第二子字符串组中的任一字符串；或
指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodcity和doppler的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在doppler，且midamble periodcity为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串可为第三子字符串组中的任一字符串。
这样，通过上述方式节省信息比特，能够使得第一EHT-SIG和第二EHT-SIG能够承载更多的信息。
请参阅图6，图6为本申请又一实施例的数据传输方法的流程示意图。该数据传输方法可包括以下步骤：
S601、网络设备生成PPDU。
S602、网络设备向STA发送PPDU。
网络设备用于发送PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz。带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道CC1，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道CC2。
在一些可能的实施例中，CC1的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，CC1的前i-1个信息比特的字段与CC2的前i-1个信息比特字段相同。i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或者CC1的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，CC1 的前i-1个信息比特的字段与CC2的前i-1个信息比特字段相同。i、j均为正整数，i＜j。例如，在OFDMA传输场景下，CC1包括指示资源单元分配的字段。该指示资源单元分配的字段可仅在CC1传输，而不在CC2传输。这样能够节省传输资源。
具体地，用户字段例如可包括指示STA的字段、指示NSTS、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段，指示MCS和DCM的字段、指示coding的字段。
图7为本申请实施例的CC1和CC2的结构示意图。如图7所示，CC1和CC2的前i-1个信息比特承载有U-SIG溢出(U-SIG Overflow)字段。U-SIG Overflow字段在CC1和CC2中是复制传输的。U-SIG Overflow字段例如可包括但不限于指示number of EHT-LTF symbols、midamble periodicity和doppler的字段、指示DL/UL的字段、指示Bandwidth的字段、指示PPDU format的字段、指示STBC的字段、指示spatial reuse的字段，指示LDPC Extra Symbol Segment的字段，指示PE disambiguity的字段，指示Pre-FEC Padding Factor的字段中的一种或多种。
这样在CC1和CC2复制传输U-SIG Overflow，能够增加STA正确接收的概率。
CC1和CC2中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特的字段可以是相同的，也可以是不同的。下面是CC1的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，CC1的前i-1个信息比特的字段与CC2的前i-1个信息比特字段相同的情况下，CC1和CC2中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特的字段可能的情况。
在一个实施例中。CC2的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特的字段与CC1的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特的字段相同。也即，CC2的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特也承载有相同的用户字段。这样，用户字段在CC1和CC2上复制传输，这样能够增加STA正确接收的概率，增加可靠性。
在另一个实施例中，CC1中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有STA的用户字段，CC2中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载包括填充字段。这样，CC1和CC2的长度相同，便于STA接收CC1和CC2。而且，STA可不读取该部分填充字段，从而能够简化STA的读取过程。
在又一个实施例中，网络设备在SU场景下向STA发送PPDU，CC1中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有该STA的一部分用户字段，CC2中的自第i个信息比特之后的信息比特承载有该STA的另一部分用户字段。
在再一个实施例中，网络设备在MU场景下向多个STA发送PPDU，CC1中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有这多个STA中的每个STA的一部分用户字段，CC2中的自第i个信息比特之后的信息比特承载有这多个STA中的每个STA的另一部分用户字段。
在再又一个实施例中，网络设备在MU场景下向多个STA发送PPDU，CC1中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有这多个STA中的一部分STA的用户字段，CC2中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有这多个STA中的另一部分STA的用户字段。
图8为本申请另一实施例的CC1和CC2的结构示意图。如图8所示，在另一些可能的实施例中，CC1的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，CC2的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i和j均为正整数，i＜j。也即是说，用户字段仅在CC1传输，而在CC2中，并不传输用户字段。这样，STA不需要读取该部分填充字段，从而能够简化STA的读取过程。
当i＞1时，关于CC1和CC2的前i-1个信息比特的字段可采用上述实施例的方式，CC1 和CC2的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同。在CC1和CC2的前i-1个信息比特传输U-SIG Overflow字段。
或者，CC1和CC2的前i-1个信息比特的字段是不同的。例如，可以仅在CC1或CC2中的一个传输U-SIG Overflow字段。
可选的，CC1或CC2的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特还可以承载有指示资源单元分配的字段。指示资源单元分配的字段也可以仅在CC1或CC2中的一个传输。
当i＝1时，CC1和CC2中不包括U-SIG Overflow字段。
图9为本申请又一实施例的CC1和CC2的结构示意图。如图9所示，在又一些可能的实施例中，CC1的用户字段与CC2的用户字段相同。这样，用户字段在CC1和CC2上复制传输，这样能够增加STA正确接收的概率，增加可靠性。
可选的，上述几种可能的实施例中的PPDU包括的EHT-SIG的格式可为图3对应的实施例中的第一EHT-SIG或第二EHT-SIG的格式。
图10为本申请再一实施例的CC1和CC2的结构示意图。如图10所示，在再一些可能的实施例中，CC1包括第一用户子字段，CC2包括第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括第一用户子字段和第二用户子字段。也即是说，在该实施例中，同一个用户的用户字段，一部分在CC1中传输，另一部分在CC2中传输。这样，能够增加用于传输用户字段的信息比特数，从而能够传输更多的信息。
上述实施例中CC1和CC2的前i-1个信息比特承载的字段，也可用于本实施例。本实施例中CC1的第一用户子字段之前的字段可为上述实施例中CC1的前i-1个信息比特承载的字段。本实施例中CC2的第二用户子字段之前的字段可为上述实施例中CC2的前i-1个信息比特承载的字段。
需要说明的是，上述几种可能的实施例可以在合理地范围内进行组合。
请参阅图11，图11为本申请实施例的网络设备的模块示意图。网络设备1100包括：
处理单元1101，用于生成第一PPDU；第一PPDU包括第一通用-信令字段U-SIG和第一极高吞吐率-信令字段EHT-SIG，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；
收发单元1102，用于向站点发送编码后的第一PPDU。
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG符合以下至少一项：
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点；或
第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特；或
第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
如此，本申请实施例的技术方案，不仅能够保证第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于78信息比特，节约指示开销，而且，在不增加指示开销的基础上，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG也能够满足携带更多信息的需求。
在一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段为用于唯一标识一个站点的关联标识(Association Identifier，AID)。该一个站点为，网络设备所在基本服务集合(Basic Service Set，BSS)的一个站点。这样编码后的第一 PPDU中包含的标识指示字段，能够唯一指示一个STA。STA可以从第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG获知该编码后的第一PPDU是否是发给自己的，无需继续接收后续的前导码数据字段，降低站点的功耗。而且，即使第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG之后的数据字段没有正确接收，由于站点能够在第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG就确定了第一PPDU是发送给自己的，站点也可以基于后边的重传进行混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request，HARQ)合并接收。再有，第三方设备无需对正在传输的设备造成干扰即可获得第一PPDU的发送方和接收方，有助于第三方设备进行调度。
在另一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括的指示PPDU格式的字段占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。这样相比较于指示PPDU的格式仅占一个信息比特的方案，本申请实施例的指示PPDU格式的字段大于1信息比特，那么指示PPDU的格式的字段能够携带更多的信息，从而能够支持更多功能。
指示PPDU的格式的字段可用于指示PPDU的格式，和指示传输方式为SU或MU传输。这样，站点能够在接收前N-1个信息比特的U-SIG时，就确定是SU传输还是MU传输，从而能够采用相应的接收策略。
在又一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示空间复用的字段，这样能够支持空间复用的功能。
可选的，指示空间复用的字段的长度为2信息比特。该指示空间复用的字段可用于指示以下四个条目中的任意一个条目，禁止基于参数的空间复用(Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW，PSR_DISALLOW)的条目，禁止空间复用传输(SR_RESTRICTED)的条目，延迟空间复用传输的条目(SR_DELAY)，禁止PSR同非SR组(Group)的重叠基本服务集合(Overlapping Basic Service Set，OBSS)-数据包识别(Packet Detection)的条目。用于站点实现空间复用的相应功能。
本实施例提供的网络设备1100的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图12，图12为本申请另一实施例的网络设备的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备1200，包括：
处理单元1201，用于生成PPDU；
收发单元1201，用于向站点发送PPDU；其中，PPDU包括EHT-SIG，EHT-SIG包括指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段；指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
这样，通过字符串所属的字符串组指示多普勒和中间前导码周期，而字符串本身的值指示EHT-LTF的符号数，从而可以节省用于指示多普勒和中间前导码周期的信息比特。
本实施例提供的网络设备1200的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方 法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图13，图13为本申请另一实施例的网络设备的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备1300，包括：
处理单元1301，用于生成PPDU；
收发单元1302，用于向站点发送PPDU，用于发送PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。
第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段可理解为U-SIG溢出的字段，这样在第一内容信道和第二内容信道复制传输U-SIG溢出的字段，能够增加站点正确接收的概率。
本实施例提供的网络设备1300的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图14，图14为本申请另一实施例的网络设备的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备1400，包括：
处理单元1401，用于生成PPDU；
收发单元1402，用于向站点发送PPDU，用于发送PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。
这样，第一内容信道和第二内容信道长度是相同的，便于站点接收第一内容信道和第二内容信道。而且，站点可以不读取该部分填充字段，从而能够简化站点的读取过程。
本实施例提供的网络设备1400的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图15，图15为本申请另一实施例的网络设备的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备1500，包括：
处理单元1501，用于生成PPDU；
收发单元1502，用于向站点发送PPDU，用于发送PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，第二内容信道包括第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括第一用户子字段和第二用户子字段。
也即是说，在该实施例中，同一个用户的用户字段，一部分在第一内容信道中传输，另一部分在第二内容信道中传输。这样，能够增加用于传输用户字段的信息比特数，从而能够传输更多的信息。
本实施例提供的网络设备1500的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图16，图16为本申请另一实施例的网络设备的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备1600，包括：
处理单元1601，用于生成PPDU；
收发单元1602，用于向站点发送PPDU，用于发送PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，第一内容信道的用户字段与第二内容信道的用户字段相同。
这样，用户字段在第一内容信道和第二内容信道上复制传输，这样能够增加站点正确接收的概率，增加可靠性。
本实施例提供的网络设备1600的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图17，图17为本申请实施例的站点的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种站点1700，包括：
收发单元1702，用于接收网络设备发送的第一PPDU；
处理单元1701，用于解码第一PPDU，得到解码后的第一PPDU，解码后的第一PPDU包括第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG符合以下至少一项：
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点；或
第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特；或
第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
如此，本申请实施例的技术方案，不仅能够保证第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于78信息比特，节约指示开销，而且，在不增加指示开销的基础上，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG也能够满足携带更多信息的需求，站点能够从第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG获得更多信息。
具体地，在一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段为用于唯一标识一个站点的关联标识(Association Identifier，AID)。该一个站点为，网络设备所在基本服务集合(Basic Service Set，BSS)的一个站点。这样编码后的第一PPDU中包含的标识指示字段，能够唯一指示一个STA。STA可以从第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG获知该编码后的第一PPDU是否是发给自己的，无需继续接收后续的前导码数据字段，降低站点的功耗。而且，即使第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG之后的数据字段没有正确接收，由于站点能够在第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG就确定了第一PPDU是发送给自己的，站点也可以基于后边的重传进行混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request，HARQ)合并接收。再有，第三方设备无需对正在传输的设备造成干扰即可获得第一PPDU的发送方和接收方，有助于第三方设备进行调度。
在另一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括的指示PPDU格式的字段占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。这样相比较于指示PPDU的格式仅占一个信息比特的方案， 本申请实施例的指示PPDU格式的字段大于1信息比特，那么指示PPDU的格式的字段能够携带更多的信息，从而能够支持更多功能。
指示PPDU的格式的字段可用于指示PPDU的格式，和指示传输方式为SU或MU传输。这样，站点能够在接收前N-1个信息比特的U-SIG时，就确定是SU传输还是MU传输，从而能够采用相应的接收策略。
在又一个可能的实现方式中，第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示空间复用的字段，这样能够支持空间复用的功能。
可选的，指示空间复用的字段的长度为2信息比特。该指示空间复用的字段可用于指示以下四个条目中的任意一个条目，禁止基于参数的空间复用(Parameterized Spatail reuse DISALLOW，PSR_DISALLOW)的条目，禁止空间复用传输(SR_RESTRICTED)的条目，延迟空间复用传输的条目(SR_DELAY)，禁止PSR同非SR组(Group)的重叠基本服务集合(Overlapping Basic Service Set，OBSS)-数据包识别(Packet Detection)的条目。用于站点实现空间复用的相应功能。
本实施例提供的站点1700的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图18，图18为本申请另一实施例的站点的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种站点1800，包括处理单元1801和收发单元1802，
收发单元1802用于接收网络设备发送的PPDU；
其中，PPDU包括EHT-SIG，EHT-SIG包括指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段；指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，第一字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，第二字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，第三字符串指示EHT-LTF的符号数，第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
这样，站点通过字符串所属的字符串组确定多普勒和中间前导码周期，根据字符串本身的值指示EHT-LTF的符号数，这样用于指示EHT-LTF的符号数、多普勒和中间前导码周期的字段的信息比特数减少，这样PPDU中够可以承载其他更多的信息，从而使得站点可以从PPDU中获得更多信息。
本实施例提供的站点1800的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图19，图19为本申请另一实施例的站点的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种站点，包括处理单元1901和收发单元1902，
收发单元1902，用于接收网络设备发送的PPDU，用于接收PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，第一内容信道的前i-1 个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。
本实施例提供的站点1900的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图20，图20为本申请另一实施例的站点的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种站点2000，包括处理单元2001和收发单元2002，
收发单元2002用于接收网络设备发送的PPDU，用于接收PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j。
本实施例提供的站点2000的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图21，图21为本申请另一实施例的站点的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种站点2100，包括处理单元2101和收发单元2102，
收发单元2102用于接收网络设备发送的PPDU，用于接收PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，第二内容信道包括第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括第一用户子字段和第二用户子字段。
本实施例提供的站点2100的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图22，图22为本申请另一实施例的站点的模块示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种站点2200，包括处理单元2201和收发单元2202，
收发单元2202用于接收网络设备发送的PPDU，用于接收PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
第一内容信道的用户字段与第二内容信道的用户字段相同。
本实施例提供的站点2200的各功能单元的功能实现细节和技术效果，可参考上述方法实施例所提供方法的相关细节描述，此处不再赘述。
图23为本申请实施例的网络设备的结构示意图。请参阅图23，图23示意性地提供本申请的网络设备的一种可能的基本硬件架构。
网络设备2300至少包括处理器2310和收发器2320。处理器2310与存储器2330耦合，处理器2310、收发器2320以及存储器2330通过总线2340相互连接，其中，
处理器2310可以是中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，或者CPU和硬件芯片的组合。上述硬件芯片可以是专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device，PLD)或其组合。上述PLD可以是复杂可编程逻辑器件(complex programmable logic device，CPLD)，现场可编程逻辑门阵列 (field-programmable gate array，FPGA)，通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic,GAL)或其任意组合。
收发器2320可以包括一个接收器和一个发送器，例如，无线射频模块，以下描述的处理器2310接收或者发送某个消息，具体可以理解为该处理器2310通过该收发器来接收或者发送。可选地，收发器2320可以为收发电路。
存储器2330可以为网络设备2300的存储器，也可以为与处理器2310连接的外部存储器。存储器2330可以是物理上独立的单元，也可以与处理器2310集成在一起。存储器2330包括但不限于是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)或可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，EPROM或者快闪存储器)或高速缓存(cache)，该存储器2330用于存储相关指令及数据，并可以将存储的数据传输给处理器2310。
具体地，本实施例的网络设备2300中的处理器2310和收发器2320可理解为图11-图16中的任一个对应的实施例中的处理单元和收发单元。
该网络设备2300中的处理器2310用于读取存储器2330中的相关指令，以执行上述任一方法实施例中，网络设备执行部分或全部步骤。该网络设备2300的处理器执行指令的相关描述及技术效果可参上述方法实施例，此处不再赘述。
例如，该网络设备2300中的处理器2310用于读取存储器2330中的相关指令执行以下操作：
生成第一PPDU；第一PPDU包括第一通用-信令字段U-SIG和第一极高吞吐率-信令字段EHT-SIG，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；
利用收发器2320向STA发送第一PPDU；
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG符合以下至少一项：
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于指示唯一一个站点标识；或
第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特；或
第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
又例如，该网络设备2300中的处理器2310用于读取存储器2330中的相关指令执行以下操作：
生成PPDU；
利用收发器2320向STA发送PPDU。
其中，用于发送PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，第一子带宽承载有PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，第二子带宽承载有EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
第一内容信道和第二内容信道符合以下至少一项：
第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，第二内容信道包括第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括第一用户子字段和第二用户子字段；或
第一内容信道的用户字段与第二内容信道的用户字段相同。
图24为本申请实施例的站点的结构示意图。请参阅图24，图24示意性地提供本申请的站点的一种可能的基本硬件架构。
站点2400至少包括处理器2410、收发器2420。处理器2410与存储器2430耦合，处理器2410、收发器2420以及存储器2430通过总线2440相互连接，其中，
处理器2410可以是中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，或者CPU和硬件芯片的组合。上述硬件芯片可以是专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device，PLD)或其组合。上述PLD可以是复杂可编程逻辑器件(complex programmable logic device，CPLD)，现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field-programmable gate array，FPGA)，通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic,GAL)或其任意组合。
收发器2420可以包括一个接收器和一个发送器，例如，无线射频模块，以下描述的处理器2410接收或者发送某个消息，具体可以理解为该处理器2410通过该收发器来接收或者发送。
存储器2430可以为站点2400的存储器，也可以为与处理器2410连接的外部存储器。存储器2430可以是物理上独立的单元，也可以与处理器2410集成在一起。存储器2430包括但不限于是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)或可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，EPROM或者快闪存储器)或高速缓存(cache)，该存储器2430用于存储相关指令及数据，并可以将存储的数据传输给处理器2410。
具体地，本实施例的站点2400中的处理器2310和收发器2320可理解为图11-图16中的任一个对应的实施例中的处理单元和收发单元。
处理器2410可读取存储器2430中的相关指令，以实现本申请实施例提供的任意一种方法中由STA执行的部分或全部步骤。该站点2400的处理器执行指令的相关描述及技术效果可参上述方法实施例，此处不再赘述。
例如，该STA2400中的处理器2410用于读取存储器2430中的相关指令执行以下操作：
利用收发器1320接收网络设备发送的第一PPDU；
解码第一PPDU，解码后的第一PPDU包括第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG。
其中，第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG符合以下至少一项：
第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，标识指示字段用于指示唯一一个站点标识；或
第一U-SIG或第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特；或
第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
又例如，该STA2400中的处理器2410用于读取存储器2430中的相关指令执行以下操作：
利用收发器1320接收网络设备发送的PPDU。
其中，用于接收所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
所述第一内容信道和所述第二内容信道符合以下至少一项：
所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
所述第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，所述第二内容信道包括所述第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括所述第一用户子字段和所述第二用户子字段；或
所述第一内容信道的用户字段与所述第二内容信道的用户字段相同。
图25为本申请实施例的通信设备的结构示意图。本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备2500，包括：输入电路2501、输出电路2502和处理电路2503。处理电路2503用于通过输入电路2501接收信号，并通过输出电路2502发射信号，实现本申请实施例中可由网络设备或STA执行的任意一种方法的部分或全部步骤。
在具体实现过程中，上述通信设备可以为芯片，输入电路可以为输入管脚，输出电路可以为输出管脚，处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的，输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的，且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路，该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请实施例中可由网络设备或STA执行的任意一种方法的部分或全部步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机设备上运行时，使得所述这个计算机设备执行可由网络设备或STA执行的任意一种方法的部分或全部步骤。
一种实施例中，图1或图2中的网络设备为接入点(access point，AP)，接入点可以为终端设备(如手机)进入有线(或无线)网络的接入点，主要部署于家庭、大楼内部以及园区内部，典型覆盖半径为几十米至上百米，当然，也可以部署于户外。接入点相当于一个连接有线网和无线网的桥梁，主要作用是将各个无线网络客户端连接到一起，然后将无线网络接入以太网。具体的，接入点可以是带有无线保真(wreless-fidelity，WiFi)芯片的终端设备(如手机)或者网络设备(如路由器)。接入点可以为支持802.11be制式的设备。接入点也可以为支持802.11be、802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等802.11家族的多种无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)制式的设备。本申请中的接入 点可以是高效(high efficient,HE)AP或极高吞吐量(extramely high throughput,EHT)AP，还可以是适用未来某代WiFi标准的接入点。
又一种实施例中，图1或图2中的网络设备为非接入点类的站点(none access point station，non-AP STA)。站点可以为无线通讯芯片、无线传感器或无线通信终端等，也可称为用户。例如，站点可以为支持WiFi通讯功能的移动电话、支持WiFi通讯功能的平板电脑、支持WiFi通讯功能的机顶盒、支持WiFi通讯功能的智能电视、支持WiFi通讯功能的智能可穿戴设备、支持WiFi通讯功能的车载通信设备和支持WiFi通讯功能的计算机等等。可选地，站点可以支持802.11be制式。站点也可以支持802.11be、802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等802.11家族的多种无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)制式。本申请中的站点可以是高效(high efficient,HE)STA或极高吞吐量(extramely high throughput,EHT)STA，还可以是适用未来某代WiFi标准的STA。
接入点和站点还可以是应用于车联网中的设备，物联网(IoT，internet of things)中的物联网节点、传感器等，智慧家居中的智能摄像头，智能遥控器，智能水表电表，以及智慧城市中的传感器等。
接入点和站点还可以是通信服务器、交换机、网桥、计算机。
本申请提供的技术方案适用于AP同一个或多个STA之间的数据通信，也同样适用于AP同AP之间的通信，STA与STA之间的通信。
虽然本申请实施例主要以部署IEEE 802.11的网络为例进行说明，本领域技术人员容易理解，本申请涉及的各个方面可以扩展到采用各种标准或协议的其它网络，例如，BLUETOOTH(蓝牙),高性能无线LAN(high performance radio LAN，HIPERLAN)(一种与IEEE 802.11标准类似的无线标准，主要在欧洲使用)以及广域网(WAN)、无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)、个人区域网(personal area network,PAN)或其它现在已知或以后发展起来的网络。因此，无论使用的覆盖范围和无线接入协议如何，本申请提供的各种方面可以适用于任何合适的无线网络。
还应理解，本文中涉及的第一、第二、第三、第四以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请的范围。
应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
本申请实施例方法中的步骤可以根据实际需要进行顺序调整、合并和删减。
本申请实施例装置中的模块可以根据实际需要进行合并、划分和删减。
以上所述，以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。

Claims (55)

  1. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU，所述第一PPDU包括第一通用-信令字段U-SIG和第一极高吞吐率-信令字段EHT-SIG，所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，所述标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点；
    所述网络设备向站点发送编码后的第一PPDU。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，编码前的第二PPDU的第二U-SIG的信息比特数与所述第一U-SIG的信息比特数相等，且所述第一U-SIG的信息比特数与所述第二U-SIG的信息比特数均小于或等于52个信息比特，所述第一PPDU是所述网络设备在进行单用户传输时，所述网络设备向所述站点发送的，所述第二PPDU是所述网络设在进行多用户传输时，所述网络设备向多个站点发送的。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述标识指示字段包括第一指示子字段和第二指示子字段，所述第一U-SIG包括所述第一指示子字段，所述第一EHT-SIG包括所述第二指示子字段。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为所述第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，所述第一U-SIG字段的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型与所述第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型对应相同。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特和所述第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示物理层版本指示的字段，指示上行/下行的字段，指示基本服务集颜色的字段，指示传输机会的字段，指示带宽的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段，指示空时编码的字段，指示空间复用的字段，指示保护间隔与极高吞吐率-长训练序列尺寸的字段，指示低密度奇偶校验码以外的符号部分的字段，指示前向差错控制之前填充系数的字段，指示数据分组扩展歧义的字段，指示前导码打孔的字段。
  6. 根据权利要求3-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述编码前的第二PPDU的第二EHT-SIG包括指示站点标识的字段，所述第一EHT-SIG的在所述第二指示子字段之后的字段的字段类型与所述第二EHT-SIG在所述指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型相同。
  7. 根据权利要求6述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一EHT-SIG的在所述第二指示子字段之后的字段与所述第二EHT-SIG在所述指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示空时流数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示波束成形的字段，指示波束改变的字段，指示编码与调制策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示编码的字段。
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为所述第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，所述第二U-SIG自所述第N个信息比特之后的字段和所述第二EHT-SIG在所述用于指示站点标识的字段之前的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示EHT-SIG的符号数或多用户多输入多输出的用户数的字段，指示EHT-SIG的调制编码策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示极高吞吐率-长训练序列EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示资源单元分配的字段，指示前导码打孔指示的字段，指 示中间26-子载波资源单元的字段。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，所述第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，所述第一字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，所述第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，所述第二字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，所述第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，所述第三字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一U-SIG或所述第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，所述指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。
  11. 根据权利要求1-10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
  12. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备生成PPDU；
    所述网络设备向站点发送所述PPDU，用于发送所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
    所述第一内容信道和所述第二内容信道符合以下至少一项：
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，所述第二内容信道包括所述第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括所述第一用户子字段和所述第二用户子字段；或
    所述第一内容信道的用户字段与所述第二内容信道的用户字段相同。
  13. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    站点接收网络设备发送的第一PPDU；
    所述站点解码所述第一PPDU，得到解码后的第一PPDU，所述解码后的第一PPDU包括第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG，所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示 字段，所述标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述解码后的第二PPDU的第二U-SIG的信息比特数与所述第一U-SIG的信息比特数相等，且所述第一U-SIG的信息比特数与所述第二U-SIG的信息比特数均小于或等于52个信息比特，所述第一PPDU是所述网络设备在进行单用户传输时，所述站点从所述网络设备接收的，所述第二PPDU是所述网络设在进行多用户传输时，所述站点从所述网络设备接收的。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述标识指示字段包括第一指示子字段和第二指示子字段，所述第一U-SIG包括所述第一指示子字段，所述第一EHT-SIG包括所述第二指示子字段。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为所述第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，所述第一U-SIG字段的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型与所述第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型对应相同。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特和所述第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示物理层版本指示的字段，指示上行/下行的字段，指示基本服务集颜色的字段，指示传输机会的字段，指示带宽的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段，指示空时编码的字段，指示空间复用的字段，指示保护间隔与极高吞吐率-长训练序列尺寸的字段，指示低密度奇偶校验码以外的符号部分的字段，指示前向差错控制之前填充系数的字段，指示数据分组扩展歧义的字段，指示前导码打孔的字段。
  18. 根据权利要求15-17任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述解码后的第二PPDU的第二EHT-SIG包括指示站点标识的字段，所述第一EHT-SIG的在所述第二指示子字段之后的字段的字段类型与所述第二EHT-SIG在所述指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型相同。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一EHT-SIG的在所述第二指示子字段之后的字段与所述第二EHT-SIG在所述指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示空时流数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示波束成形的字段，指示波束改变的字段，指示编码与调制策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示编码的字段。
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为所述第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，所述第二U-SIG自所述第N个信息比特之后的字段和所述第二EHT-SIG在所述用于指示站点标识的字段之前的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示EHT-SIG的符号数或多用户多输入多输出的用户数的字段，指示EHT-SIG的调制编码策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示极高吞吐率-长训练序列EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示资源单元分配的字段，指示前导码打孔指示的字段，指示中间26-子载波资源单元的字段。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，所述第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，所述第一字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，所 述第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，所述第二字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，所述第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，所述第三字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
  22. 根据权利要求13-21任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一U-SIG或所述第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，所述指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。
  23. 根据权利要求13-22任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
  24. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    站点接收网络设备发送的PPDU，用于接收所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
    所述第一内容信道和所述第二内容信道符合以下至少一项：
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，所述第二内容信道包括所述第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括所述第一用户子字段和所述第二用户子字段；或
    所述第一内容信道的用户字段与所述第二内容信道的用户字段相同。
  25. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU，所述第一PPDU包括第一通用-信令字段U-SIG和第一极高吞吐率-信令字段EHT-SIG，所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，所述标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点；
    收发单元，用于向站点发送编码后的第一PPDU。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的网络设备，其特征在于，编码前的第二PPDU的第二U-SIG的信息比特数与所述第一U-SIG的信息比特数相等，且所述第一U-SIG的信息比特数与所述第二U-SIG的信息比特数均小于或等于52个信息比特，所述第一PPDU是所述网络设备在进行单用户传输时，所述网络设备向所述站点发送的，所述第二PPDU是所述网络设在进行多用户传输时，所述网络设备向多个站点发送的。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述标识指示字段包括第一指示子字段和第二指示子字段，所述第一U-SIG包括所述第一指示子字段，所述第一EHT-SIG包括所述第二指示子字段。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为所述第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，所述第一U-SIG字段的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型与所述第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型对应相同。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特和所述第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示物理层版本指示的字段，指示上行/下行的字段，指示基本服务集颜色的字段，指示传输机会的字段，指示带宽的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段，指示空时编码的字段，指示空间复用的字段，指示保护间隔与极高吞吐率-长训练序列尺寸的字段，指示低密度奇偶校验码以外的符号部分的字段，指示前向差错控制之前填充系数的字段，指示数据分组扩展歧义的字段，指示前导码打孔的字段。
  30. 根据权利要求27-29任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述编码前的第二PPDU的第二EHT-SIG包括指示站点标识的字段，所述第一EHT-SIG的在所述第二指示子字段之后的字段的字段类型与所述第二EHT-SIG在所述指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型相同。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一EHT-SIG的在所述第二指示子字段之后的字段与所述第二EHT-SIG在所述指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示空时流数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示波束成形的字段，指示波束改变的字段，指示编码与调制策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示编码的字段。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为所述第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，所述第二U-SIG自所述第N个信息比特之后的字段和所述第二EHT-SIG在所述用于指示站点标识的字段之前的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示EHT-SIG的符号数或多用户多输入多输出的用户数的字段，指示EHT-SIG的调制编码策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示极高吞吐率-长训练序列EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示资源单元分配的字段，指示前导码打孔指示的字段，指示中间26-子载波资源单元的字段。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的网络设备，其特征在于，
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，所述第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，所述第一字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，所述第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，所述第二字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，所述第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，所述第 三字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
  34. 根据权利要求25-33任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一U-SIG或所述第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，所述指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。
  35. 根据权利要求25-34任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一解调指示字段包括指示空间复用的字段。
  36. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于生成PPDU；
    收发单元，用于向站点发送所述PPDU，用于发送所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
    所述第一内容信道和所述第二内容信道符合以下至少一项：
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，所述第二内容信道包括所述第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括所述第一用户子字段和所述第二用户子字段；或
    所述第一内容信道的用户字段与所述第二内容信道的用户字段相同。
  37. 一种站点，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于接收网络设备发送的第一PPDU；
    处理单元，用于解码所述第一PPDU，得到解码后的第一PPDU，所述解码后的第一PPDU包括第一U-SIG和第一EHT-SIG，所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG的信息比特数之和小于或等于78个信息比特；所述第一U-SIG和所述第一EHT-SIG中的至少一个包括标识指示字段，所述标识指示字段用于唯一标识一个站点。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的站点，其特征在于，所述解码后的第二PPDU的第二U-SIG的信息比特数与所述第一U-SIG的信息比特数相等，且所述第一U-SIG的信息比特数与所述第二U-SIG的信息比特数均小于或等于52个信息比特，所述第一PPDU是所述网络设备在进行单用户传输时，所述站点从所述网络设备接收的，所述第二PPDU是所述网络设在进行多用户传输时，所述站点从所述网络设备接收的。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的站点，其特征在于，所述标识指示字段包括第一指示子字段和第二指示子字段，所述第一U-SIG包括所述第一指示子字段，所述第一EHT-SIG包括所述第二指示子字段。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的站点，其特征在于，所述第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为所述第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，所述第一U-SIG字段的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段 类型与所述第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型对应相同。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的站点，其特征在于，所述第一U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特和所述第二U-SIG的前N-1个信息比特的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示物理层版本指示的字段，指示上行/下行的字段，指示基本服务集颜色的字段，指示传输机会的字段，指示带宽的字段，指示PPDU格式的字段，指示空时编码的字段，指示空间复用的字段，指示保护间隔与极高吞吐率-长训练序列尺寸的字段，指示低密度奇偶校验码以外的符号部分的字段，指示前向差错控制之前填充系数的字段，指示数据分组扩展歧义的字段，指示前导码打孔的字段。
  42. 根据权利要求39-41任一项所述的站点，其特征在于，所述解码后的第二PPDU的第二EHT-SIG包括指示站点标识的字段，所述第一EHT-SIG的在所述第二指示子字段之后的字段的字段类型与所述第二EHT-SIG在所述指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型相同。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的站点，其特征在于，所述第一EHT-SIG的在所述第二指示子字段之后的字段与所述第二EHT-SIG在所述指示站点标识的字段之后的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示空时流数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示波束成形的字段，指示波束改变的字段，指示编码与调制策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示编码的字段。
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的站点，其特征在于，所述第一指示子字段的起始信息比特为所述第一U-SIG的第N个信息比特，所述第二U-SIG自所述第N个信息比特之后的字段和所述第二EHT-SIG在所述用于指示站点标识的字段之前的字段的字段类型包括以下一种或多种：
    指示EHT-SIG的符号数或多用户多输入多输出的用户数的字段，指示EHT-SIG的调制编码策略和是否采用双载波调制的字段，指示极高吞吐率-长训练序列EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段，指示资源单元分配的字段，指示前导码打孔指示的字段，指示中间26-子载波资源单元的字段。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的站点，其特征在于，
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第一字符串，其中，所述第一字符串所属的第一字符串组指示不存在多普勒，所述第一字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第一字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第二字符串，其中，所述第二字符串所属的第二字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第一周期，所述第二字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第二字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数；或
    所述指示EHT-LTF的符号数、中间前导码周期和多普勒的字段为第三字符串，其中，所述第三字符串所属的第三字符串组指示存在多普勒，且中间前导码周期为第二周期，所述第三字符串指示所述EHT-LTF的符号数，所述第三字符串组中的每个字符串对应一个EHT-LTF的符号数。
  46. 根据权利要求37-45任一项所述的站点，其特征在于，所述第一U-SIG或所述第一EHT-SIG包括指示PPDU格式的字段，所述指示PPDU格式的字段的占用的信息比特大于1信息比特。
  47. 根据权利要求37-46任一项所述的站点，其特征在于，所述第一解调指示字段包括指 示空间复用的字段。
  48. 一种站点，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于控制收发单元接收网络设备发送的PPDU，用于接收所述PPDU的带宽大于20Mhz；所述带宽包括第一子带宽和第二子带宽，所述第一子带宽承载有所述PPDU的EHT-SIG的第一内容信道，所述第二子带宽承载有所述EHT-SIG的第二内容信道，
    所述第一内容信道和所述第二内容信道符合以下至少一项：
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有指示资源单元分配的字段和用户字段，所述第一内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段与所述第二内容信道的前i-1个信息比特的字段相同，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有用户字段，所述第二内容信道中的第i个信息比特至第j个信息比特承载有填充字段，其中，i、j均为正整数，i＜j；或
    所述第一内容信道包括第一用户子字段，所述第二内容信道包括所述第二用户子字段，第一用户的用户字段包括所述第一用户子字段和所述第二用户子字段；或
    所述第一内容信道的用户字段与所述第二内容信道的用户字段相同。
  49. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合，当所述处理器执行所述存储器中的计算机程序或指令时，使得权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法被执行，或使得权利要求12所述的方法被执行。
  50. 一种站点，其特征在于，包括处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合，当所述处理器执行所述存储器中的计算机程序或指令时，使得权利要求13-23中任一项所述的方法被执行，或使得权利要求24所述的方法被执行。
  51. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，所述计算机指令指示网络设备执行权利要求1-11任一项所述的方法，或所述计算机指令指示网络设备执行权利要求12所述的方法，或所述计算机指令指示站点执行权利要求13-23任一项所述的方法，或所述计算机指令指示站点执行权利要求24所述的方法。
  52. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行权利要求1-11任一项所述的方法，或使得所述计算机执行权利要求12所述的方法，或使得所述计算机执行权利要求13-23任一项所述的方法，或使得计算机执行权利要求24所述的方法。
  53. 一种芯片，其特征在于，所述芯片包括处理器，存储器和接口电路，所述存储器、所述接口电路和所述处理器通过线路互联，所述存储器中存储有指令；当所述处理器执行所述存储器中的指令时，使得如权利要求1-24任一项所述的方法被执行。
  54. 一种程序，其特征在于，所述程序被计算机运行时，使得如权利要求1-24任一项所述的方法被实现。
  55. 一种装置，其特征在于，所述装置用于实现如权利要求1-24任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/080567 2020-03-12 2021-03-12 数据传输方法及相关装置 WO2021180226A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020227034894A KR102705374B1 (ko) 2020-03-12 2021-03-12 데이터 전송 방법 및 관련 장치
JP2022554605A JP2023517603A (ja) 2020-03-12 2021-03-12 データ伝送方法及び関連機器
EP21767039.7A EP4109802B1 (en) 2020-03-12 2021-03-12 Data transmission method and related apparatus
AU2021233067A AU2021233067B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2021-03-12 Data transmission method and related apparatus
BR112022017961A BR112022017961A2 (pt) 2020-03-12 2021-03-12 Método de transmissão de dados e aparelho relacionado
KR1020247029881A KR20240140172A (ko) 2020-03-12 2021-03-12 데이터 전송 방법 및 관련 장치
US17/941,778 US11757585B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2022-09-09 Data transmission method and related apparatus
US18/362,472 US20240031088A1 (en) 2020-03-12 2023-07-31 Data transmission method and related apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010172792.6 2020-03-12
CN202010172792.6A CN113395131A (zh) 2020-03-12 2020-03-12 数据传输方法及相关装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/941,778 Continuation US11757585B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2022-09-09 Data transmission method and related apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021180226A1 true WO2021180226A1 (zh) 2021-09-16

Family

ID=77616096

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/080567 WO2021180226A1 (zh) 2020-03-12 2021-03-12 数据传输方法及相关装置

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US11757585B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP4109802B1 (zh)
JP (1) JP2023517603A (zh)
KR (2) KR102705374B1 (zh)
CN (3) CN113395131A (zh)
AU (1) AU2021233067B2 (zh)
BR (1) BR112022017961A2 (zh)
WO (1) WO2021180226A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113395131A (zh) * 2020-03-12 2021-09-14 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法及相关装置
KR20230022862A (ko) * 2020-06-16 2023-02-16 엘지전자 주식회사 제어 정보를 포함하는 시그널 필드를 구성하는 방법 및 장치
US20220006594A1 (en) * 2020-07-01 2022-01-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for communication based on multi-resource unit in wireless local area network system
CN116939715A (zh) * 2022-04-06 2023-10-24 华为技术有限公司 信息交互方法及相关装置

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190097850A1 (en) * 2018-11-30 2019-03-28 Thomas Kenney Preamble design for extremely high throughput wireless communication with backward compatibility
CN109586889A (zh) * 2017-09-28 2019-04-05 华为技术有限公司 一种数据处理方法及设备
US20200007283A1 (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-01-02 Xiaogang Chen Joint nulling and joint beamforming for downlink transmissions by multiple access points (ap)
CN110691114A (zh) * 2018-07-06 2020-01-14 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、装置及设备
CN110708148A (zh) * 2018-07-09 2020-01-17 华为技术有限公司 一种信令字段指示方法及装置
CN110768757A (zh) * 2018-07-25 2020-02-07 华为技术有限公司 资源单元指示方法、装置及存储介质
WO2020033815A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Hybrid automatic repeat request (harq) in a wireless local area network (wlan)
CN110876200A (zh) * 2018-09-04 2020-03-10 华为技术有限公司 一种传输数据的方法和装置

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100999094B1 (ko) * 2003-06-27 2010-12-07 삼성전자주식회사 시분할 방식의 무선랜 통신방법 및 시스템
EP2509235B1 (en) * 2009-12-03 2019-02-27 LG Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting a frame in a wireless lan system
KR101638917B1 (ko) 2010-02-09 2016-07-13 엘지전자 주식회사 무선랜에서 ｐｐｄｕ 프레임 전송 방법 및 장치
US9681335B2 (en) 2014-06-19 2017-06-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods for bandwidth efficient operations in wireless local area networks
US10735235B2 (en) 2015-07-28 2020-08-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting and receiving signal in wireless LAN system and device for same
US10412764B2 (en) 2016-09-28 2019-09-10 Frontside Multiple frame transmission
KR102259024B1 (ko) * 2017-01-09 2021-06-01 주식회사 윌러스표준기술연구소 다중 사용자 패킷의 시그널링을 위한 무선 통신 방법 및 무선 통신 단말
US11546938B2 (en) * 2019-08-09 2023-01-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Physical layer preamble and signaling for wireless communication
US20210212035A1 (en) * 2019-12-05 2021-07-08 Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. Signalling method through resource allocation in wireless communication system and wireless communication terminal
CN113395131A (zh) * 2020-03-12 2021-09-14 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法及相关装置
US11984976B2 (en) * 2020-10-30 2024-05-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Interpretation of reserved states in wireless packets

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109586889A (zh) * 2017-09-28 2019-04-05 华为技术有限公司 一种数据处理方法及设备
CN110691114A (zh) * 2018-07-06 2020-01-14 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、装置及设备
CN110708148A (zh) * 2018-07-09 2020-01-17 华为技术有限公司 一种信令字段指示方法及装置
CN110768757A (zh) * 2018-07-25 2020-02-07 华为技术有限公司 资源单元指示方法、装置及存储介质
WO2020033815A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Hybrid automatic repeat request (harq) in a wireless local area network (wlan)
CN110876200A (zh) * 2018-09-04 2020-03-10 华为技术有限公司 一种传输数据的方法和装置
US20200007283A1 (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-01-02 Xiaogang Chen Joint nulling and joint beamforming for downlink transmissions by multiple access points (ap)
US20190097850A1 (en) * 2018-11-30 2019-03-28 Thomas Kenney Preamble design for extremely high throughput wireless communication with backward compatibility

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4109802A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115694745A (zh) 2023-02-03
JP2023517603A (ja) 2023-04-26
KR102705374B1 (ko) 2024-09-09
EP4109802A1 (en) 2022-12-28
EP4109802B1 (en) 2024-09-25
EP4109802A4 (en) 2023-08-16
AU2021233067A1 (en) 2022-10-13
CN113395131A (zh) 2021-09-14
KR20240140172A (ko) 2024-09-24
CN115694745B (zh) 2023-08-22
AU2021233067B2 (en) 2024-05-16
US20230006787A1 (en) 2023-01-05
BR112022017961A2 (pt) 2022-10-18
KR20220152285A (ko) 2022-11-15
US20240031088A1 (en) 2024-01-25
CN116318566A (zh) 2023-06-23
US11757585B2 (en) 2023-09-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021180226A1 (zh) 数据传输方法及相关装置
TWI722375B (zh) Wlan中用於ofdma傳輸的增強資源單元分配方案
US9807757B2 (en) Method and apparatus of transmitting PPDU in wireless communication system
RU2554929C2 (ru) Запрос на отправку (rts) и готовность к приему (cts) для многоканальных операций
JP2018519698A (ja) チャネルボンディングのためのレガシ対応シグナリング
JP2016534634A (ja) 送信の機会（ｔｘｏｐ）をシェアすること
WO2016176877A1 (zh) 物理层协议数据单元的传输方法和装置
WO2019085924A1 (zh) 下行ppdu的发送与接收方法及装置
WO2020200014A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
KR102096939B1 (ko) 무선 로컬 영역 네트워크의 스테이션들과 관련 장치 사이의 직접 통신 방법
WO2017036257A1 (zh) 一种无线局域网中触发帧传输的方法和装置
WO2020220996A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2021244405A1 (zh) Ppdu的传输方法及相关装置
WO2021254207A1 (zh) 发送数据帧的方法、接收数据帧的方法及通信装置
BR122024004730A2 (pt) Método de transmissão de dados e aparelho relacionado
WO2022142577A1 (zh) Ppdu的传输方法及相关装置
WO2024109457A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023284644A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置
WO2023051286A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及系统
WO2022252679A1 (zh) 一种物理层协议数据单元、触发帧的传输方法以及装置
WO2024125609A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
TW202406311A (zh) 實體層協定資料單元傳輸方法及相關裝置
WO2018171538A1 (zh) 数据传输方法、网络设备及终端设备
CN116938385A (zh) 一种通信方法及相关装置
CN115136504A (zh) 用于控制信令的通信装置和通信方法

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21767039

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022554605

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112022017961

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021767039

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220922

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227034894

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021233067

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20210312

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112022017961

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20220908